Ccs Usb Driver For Mac

IBM United States Sales Manual
Revised: January 22, 2019.
  1. Usb Driver Windows 7
  2. Usb Driver Download
  3. Icom Usb Driver For Mac

Table of contents
Product life cycle datesPublications
AbstractFeatures
HighlightsAccessories
DescriptionMachine elements
ModelsSupplies
Technical description

Product life cycle dates

Type ModelAnnouncedAvailableMarketing WithdrawnService Discontinued
8203-E4A 2008/01/292008/02/292011/05/272019/03/31

  1. XDS560v2 System Trace JTAG Emulator for CCS 4.x Quick Start Installation Guide Kit Contents +5V Universal Power Supply XDS560v2 System Trace AC Power. STM and install its USB drivers. Then match the MAC Address found to the MAC address of your XDS560v2 STM. The XDS560v2 STM MAC.
  2. Just thinking out aloud here, but if for some reason during a power down, the Program counter lands up in the piece of code which actualy does the erase and write cycle, then all your previous checks will not solve the problem.
  3. The IBM 8203 Power Systems 520 Express deskside and 4U rack-mount servers (8203-E4A) utilize either a 4.2 GHz or 4.7 GHz POWER6 processor and are available in 1-, 2-, and 4-core configurations.
Back to top

Fulfillment by Amazon (FBA) is a service we offer sellers that lets them store their products in Amazon's fulfillment centers, and we directly pack, ship, and provide customer service for these products.


Abstract

The IBM 8203 Power Systems 520 Express deskside and 4U rack-mountservers (8203-E4A) utilize either a 4.2 GHz or 4.7 GHz POWER6 processorand are available in 1-, 2-, and 4-core configurations.

Model abstract 8203-E4A

The IBM 8203 Power Systems 520 supports single- or dual-core POWER6processors on a single- or dual-chip planar. The processors in thisserver are 64-bit, with 4 MB of L2 cache per core. In a 4-coreconfiguration, the system can contain up to 64 GB of memory via eightDDR2 memory DIMM slots running at speeds up to 667 MHz. The Power 520Express contains either six 3.5-inch SAS DASD bays, which can accommodateup to 2700 GB of disk storage, or eight 2.5-inch SAS DASD bays, which canaccomodate up to 1174.4 GB of disk storage. All DASD devices are directdock and hot pluggable. A slim media bay is available for a DVD-ROM orDVD-RAM and a half-high media bay is available for a tape drive.


Back to top

Highlights

The IBM Power Systems 520 Express server is designed to bring theeconomies, efficiencies, and capabilities of POWER6 to your small anddistributed business needs:

  • 64-bit scalability, offering 1-, 2-, and 4-core configurations
  • Powerful, symmetric multiprocessing (SMP), on demand server
  • Deskside or rack-mount configuration
  • Integrated 10/100/1000 dual-port Virtual Ethernet with optional10/100/1000 quad-port or dual-port 10 Gb Virtual Ethernet
  • EnergyScale(TM) technology
  • Performance and capacity needed by your demanding applications
  • Up to 64 GB of memory
  • Five PCIX/PCIe I/O slots; two GX+ slots
  • Up to 1800 GB of internal disk storage
  • One media bay for DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM
  • One media bay for tape drive

Back to top

Description

The Power 520 model 8203-E4A allows the following upgrades from 940xsystems:

Power Systems 520

Summary of standard features:

  • Tower or rack-mount (4U) configurations
  • 1-, 2-, and 4-core SMP design
  • 1 GB of PC2-5300 667 MHz ECC (error checking and correcting) memoryexpandable to 16 GB (1-core), 32 GB (2-core), or 64 GB (4-core)
  • Choice of three DASD options:
    • Dual-port 10/100/1000 Mb copper(default)
    • Quad-port 10/100/1000 Mb copper
    • Dual-port 10 Gb optical
  • Two media bays:
    • Two PCIe x8 slot, short card length
    • One PCIe x8 slots, full card length
    • Two PCIX DDR slots, full card length
  • One GX+ slot (shares same space as PCIe x8 slot 1) (GX+ slot notavailable on a 1-core configuration)
    • Optional Quad-port 10/100/1000 Mb Ethernet
    • Optional Dual-port 10 Gigabit Ethernet
  • Hot-swap and redundant cooling
  • Three USB ports; two system ports
  • Two HMC ports; two SPCN ports

The Power Systems 520 Express server includes EnergyScale technologythat provides features such as power trending, power-saving, capping ofpower, and thermal measurement. Clients with a 9406 Model 150, 170, 270,520, 600, 620, 640, 720, 800, S10, S20, S30, or 9405-520 that wasinstalled before January 1, 2008 are eligible to receive one no-chargeprocessor entitlement of IBM i with the purchase of a new 1-core Power520 (8203-E4A).

Clients with a 9406 Model 170, 270, 520, 650, 720, 730, 740, 800, 810,820, 825, 830, S40, or 9405-520 that was installed before January 1, 2008are eligible to receive one no-charge processor entitlement of IBM i withthe purchase of a new 2-core Power 520 (8203-E4A).

Clients with a 9406 Model 520, 650, 730, 740, 810, 820, 825, 830, S40,or 9405-520 that was installed before January 1, 2008 are eligible toreceive one no-charge processor entitlement of IBM i with the purchase ofa new 4-core Power 520 (8203-E4A).

Clients must provide a valid serial number for an installed Model tobe eligible for this offer. Ordering will be available through the IBMconfigurator.

The purchase of Power 520 Solution editions are not eligible for thisoffer.

Deployment Ready Services

IBM offers a portfolio of integration, configuration andcustomization services for IBM Power Systems. TheseDeployment-ready Services are designed to accelerate customersolution deployment and reduce related resources and cost.Offerings include:

Integration:

  • Standard tagging Radio Frequency Item Device (RFID)

Special packaging:

  • Remote access Partitioning Customized operatingsystem/firmware

For more information on Deployment-Ready Services refer to:

  • Micro-partitioning for IBM i 5.4 and IBM i 6.1, AIX, and Linuxpartitions
  • Lx86 for Linux partitions
  • VIOS for IBM i 6.1, AIX, and Linux partitions
  • IVM for IBM i 6.1, AIX, and Linux partitions
  • Live Partition Mobility for AIX and Linux partitions
  • Partition Mobility, available only with PowerVM-Enterprise (#8507),enables you to move a running AIX or Linux LPAR from one physical serverto another with no downtime if both servers are using POWER6 processors.This is a significant advancement in Power Systems virtualizationtechnology and can assist you with performing the following commonbusiness needs while keeping the business up and running:
    • Evacuating a system before performing scheduled maintenance
    • Moving workloads across a pool of different physical resources asbusiness needs shift
    • Moving workloads off underutilized machines so that they can bepowered off to save on energy and cooling costs
  • Micro-Partitioning support for a single core being shared by up to 10logical partitions.
  • Virtual I/O Server is a single-function appliance that resides in aPOWER5 or POWER6 processor-based partition. It facilitates the sharingof physical I/O resources between client partitions (AIX V5.3 or later,IBM i V6.1, or Linux) within the server. VIOS provides virtual SCSItargets and shared Ethernet adapter (SEA) virtual I/O to client LPARs.
  • Virtual SCSI (VSCSI) enables the sharing of physical storage adapters(SCSI and Fibre Channel) and storage devices (disk and optical) betweenLPARs.
  • Virtual networking: SEA enables connectivity between internal andexternal virtual LANs (VLANs); virtual Ethernet enables high-speedconnections between partitions.
  • Lx86 supports running most x86 Linux applications within Linuxpartitions (see PowerVM Lx86 - Limitations).

    PowerVM Editions:

  • PowerVM -Express (#7983) supports up to 3 partitions per system(VIOS, AIX, Linux and /or IBM i) which share processors and I/O. No HMCrequired or supported. It allows users to try out the IVM and the VIOS,which they would not get with an HMC.
  • PowerVM -Standard (#8506) supports up to 10 partitions per core, HMCmanagement, VIOS, Lx86 and multiple shared processor pools.
  • PowerVM -Enterprise (#8507) adds support for Live Partition Mobilityfor AIX and Linux partitions.
  • Power 520 Capacity Backup (CBU) Capability

    (Applies to IBM i only)

    The two-core or four-core Power 520 systems' CBU designation can helpmeet your requirements for a second system to use for backup, highavailability, and disaster recovery. It enables you to temporarilytransfer IBM i processor license entitlements and IBM i user licenseentitlements purchased for a primary machine to a secondary CBU system.Temporarily transferring these resources, instead of purchasing them foryour secondary system, may result in significant savings. Processoractivations cannot be transferred.

    The CBU specify feature #0444 is available only as part of a newserver purchase or during an MES upgrade from an existing system to a8203-E4A. Certain system prerequisites must be met and systemregistration and approval is required before the CBU specify feature canbe applied on a new server; feature #0444 cannot be added to a SolutionEdition feature #9635.

    Standard IBM i terms and conditions do not allow either IBM iprocessor license entitlements or IBM i user license entitlements to betransferred permanently or temporarily. These entitlements remain withthe machine they were ordered for. When you register the associationbetween your primary and on-order CBU system, you must agree to certainterms and conditions regarding the temporary transfer.

    After a CBU system designation is approved and the system isinstalled, you can temporarily move your optional IBM i processor licenseentitlement and user license entitlements from the primary system to theCBU system when the primary system is down or while the primary systemprocessors are inactive. The CBU system can then better support failoverand role swapping for a full range of test, disaster recovery, and highavailability scenarios. Temporary entitlement transfer means that theentitlement is a property transferred from the primary system to the CBUsystem and may remain in use on the CBU as long as the registered primaryand CBU systems are in deployment for the high availability or disasterrecovery operation.

    The primary system for a Power 520 (8203-E4A) server can be:

      Before you can temporarily transfer IBM i user entitlements, you musthave more than the minimum number of IBM i user entitlements on a 9408.9406-525 or 8203 primary server. The minimum number of IBM userentitlements for a 2-core 8203-E4A is 30. The minimum number of IBM iusers is 50 for a 4-core 8203-E4A primary server. You must also have atleast 30 IBM i user entitlements on the 2-core CBU server or 50 IBM iuser entitlements on the 4-core CBU server. You can then transfer anyIBM i user entitlements above the minimum, assuming the total IBM i userson the primary system do not require the IBM i entitlement you want totransfer during the time of the transfer. The 9409-M50, 9406-550, and9406-520 1/2-core do not have user entitlements that can be transferred.However, you can purchase user entitlements for the Power 520 users torun on your new CBU system in blocks of either 10 or unlimited. If youpurchase these entitlements when you purchase your 520 CBU system, theprice will be discounted.

      For example, if you have a 2-core Power 520 (8203-E4A or 9408-M25) asyour primary system with two IBM i processor license entitlements (oneabove the minimum) and 50 IBM i user entitlements (20 above the minimum),you can temporarily transfer up to one IBM i entitlement and up to 20user entitlements. During this temporary transfer, the CBU system'sinternal records of its total number of IBM i processor and user licenseentitlements is not updated, and you may see IBM i license noncompliancewarning messages from the CBU system.

      If your primary or CBU machine is sold or discontinued from use, anytemporary entitlement transfers must be returned to the machine on whichthey were originally acquired.

      For CBU registration and further details, visit:

      Express Editions and Solution Editions with the IBM iOperating System

      Express editions enable initial ease of ordering and feature a lowerprice than if you ordered them 'a la carte' or build-to-order. Takingadvantage of the edition is the only way you can use no-charge featuresfor processor activations and IBM i user license entitlements. TheExpress editions are available only during the initial system order andcannot be ordered after your system is shipped.

      The IBM configurator offers these easy-to-order Express editions thatinclude no-charge activations or no-charge IBM i user entitlements. Youcan modify the Express Edition configurations to match your exactrequirements for your initial shipment -- increasing or decreasing theconfiguration. If you create a configuration that falls below any of thedefined minimums, the IBM configurator replaces the no-charge featureswith equivalent function regular charge features.

      A solution edition helps meet the needs of SAP application users forthe 2-core 8203. Users of SAP's mySAP, ERP, BI, CRM, PLM, and SCM canqualify to use this edition. Users of JD Edwards' EnterpriseOne andWorld applications can qualify to use the 2-core 8203 solution edition.

      The Power 520 Solution Editions for SAP applications require proof ofa minimum purchase before the system is shipped from IBM. For details,visit the Solution Edition Web site at:

      For the validation form and entitlement requirements, visit:

      Express Editions/Solution Editions for the Power 520

      One-core Power 520 Express editions: 1-core entry (#9633)

      To use the no-charge features on your initial order, you must order aminimum of:

      • One 1-core 4.2 GHz processor card (#5633)
      • One 2 GB memory feature (#4521)
      • Two 139.5 GB 15k rpm disk drives (#3677)
      • One dual-port 1 Gb integrated Ethernet adapter (#5623)
      • Two power supplies, 950 watt, base (#7703)
      • One SATA DVD-RAM (#5762)
      • One DASD/media backplane with external SAS port (#8310)
      • One 80/160 GB DAT160 SAS tape drive (#5619)
      • Two power cords (6xxx)
      • One processor activation (#5676) (no additional charge)
      • Five IBM i user entitlements (no additional charge) (57xx--SSC)
      • Five IBM i user entitlements (charge) (57xx--SSC)
      • System i Access unlimited users (57xx-XW1)
      • WebSphere Development Studio and Rational development software (V5R4:5722-WDS, V6R1: 5761-WDS and 5733-RDI)
      • PowerVM Standard Edition (#8506), or higher
      • One year of software maintenance

      One-Core 520 Express Editions: 1-Core Growth (#9634)

      To use the no-charge features on your initial order, you must order aminimum of:

      • One 1-core 4.2 GHz processor card (#5633)
      • One 4 GB memory feature (#4532)
      • Four 139.5 GB 15k rpm disk drives (#3677)
      • One SAS RAID Enablement (#5679)
      • One quad-port 1 Gb integrated Ethernet adapter (#5624)
      • Two power supplies, 950 watt, base (#7703)
      • One DVD-ROM (#5756 for backplane #8345; #5743 for backplane #8310)
      • One DASD/media backplane (#8345 or #8310)
      • One 80/160 GB DAT160 SAS tape drive (#5619)
      • Two power cords (6xxx)
      • One processor activation (#5676) (no additional charge)
      • Ten IBM i user entitlements (no additional charge) (57xx--SSC)
      • Ten IBM i user entitlements (charge) (57xx--SSC)
      • System i Access unlimited users (57xx-XW1)
      • WebSphere Development Studio and Rational development software (V5R4:5722-WDS, V6R1: 5761-WDS and 5733-RDI)
      • PowerVM Standard Edition (#8506), or higher
      • DB2 Web Query (5733-QU2)
      • One year of software maintenance

      2-core/4-core Power 520 Express Editions: 30-user/50-user,150-user, and unlimited user

      30-User/50-User Express Edition (#9636 (2-core) or #9639 (4-core))

      To receive a no-charge feature on the initial order, you must order aminimum of:

      • One IBM i processor license
      • 150 IBM i user entitlements
      • 4 GB memory (#4532 default)
      • Four SAS or SCSI IBM i disk drives (any size)
      • One SAS RAID Enablement (#5679) for the system unit or one 1.5 GBwrite cache disk controller #5583/5782/5778/5904/5908) or a pairof #5903 380MB write cache disk controllers.
      • Two power supplies (2 x #7703)
      • PowerVM Standard Edition (#8506), or higher

      The no-charge feature is two no-charge processor activations and tenno-charge IBM i user license entitlements.

      Depending on IBM country specific definitions, a services voucher mayalso be available to you.

      Unlimited-User Express Edition (#9638 (2-core) or #9643 (4-core))

      To receive a no-charge feature on the initial order, you must order aminimum of:

      • One 2-core 4.2 GHz (#5634) or one 2-core 4.7 GHz (#5577) processorcard
      • Two processor activations (#5677 for processor #5634; #5579 forprocessor #5577) at no charge
      • 30/50/150/unlimited IBM i user entitlements, depending on the edition
      • One 8 GB memory feature (#4523)
      • Six 139.5 GB 15k rpm SAS disk drives (#3677)
      • One SAS RAID Enablement (#5679)
      • One Quad-port 1 Gb integrated Ethernet adapter (#5624)
      • Two power supplies, 950 watt (#7703)
      • One DVD-ROM (#5756 for backplane #8345; #5743 for backplane #8310)
      • One DASD/media backplane (#8345 or #8310)
      • One 80/160 GB DAT160 SAS tape drive (#5619)
      • Two power cords (6xxx)
      • One GX adapter for 12X I/O loop
      • One 9910 UPS
      • One UPS communication cable (#1827)
      • One IBM i processor entitlement (chargeable) (57xx--SSA)
      • PowerVM Standard Edition (#8506), or higher
      • System i Access unlimited users (57xx-XW1)
      • WebSphere Development Studio and Rational development software (V5R4:5722-WDS, V6R1: 5761-WDS and 5733-RDI)
      • DB2 Web Query (5733-QU2)
      • One year of software maintenance

      The suggested starting configuration for the 4-core Entry ExpressEditions (#9639, #9640, #9643) includes:

      • 1 x 1-core 4.2 GHz processor card (#5633)
      • 1 x 2048 MB (2 x 1024 MB) DIMMs (#4521)
      • 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
      • 1 x IBM Deskside Cover Set (#7112)
      • 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
      • 2 x Power supply, 950 Watt, Base (#7703)
      • 1 x SATA DVD-RAM (#5762)
      • 1 x DASD/Media Backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD(#8308)
      • 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1843)
      • 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
      • 2 x Power cord (6xxx)

      Receive one processor activation (#5676) at no additional charge. Oneprocessor is activated.

      Rack configuraton:

      • 1 x 2-core 4.2 GHz processor card (#5634)
      • 1 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
      • 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
      • 1 x IBM Deskside Cover Set (#7112)
      • 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
      • 2 x Power supply, 950 Watt, Base (#7703)
      • 1 x SATA DVD-RAM (#5762)
      • 1 x DASD/Media Backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD(#8308)
      • 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1843)
      • 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
      • 2 x Power cord (6xxx)
      • 1 x Processor activation (#5654)

      Receive one processor activation (#5677) at no additional charge. Twoprocessors are activated.

      Rack configuraton:

      • 1 x 2-core 4.7 GHz processor card (#5577)
      • 1 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
      • 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
      • 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
      • 2 x Power supply, 950 Watt, Base (#7703)
      • 1 x SATA DVD-ROM (#5762)
      • 1 x DASD/Media Backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD(#8308)
      • 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplace (#1843)
      • 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
      • 2 x Power cord (6xxx)
      • 1 x Processor activation (#5578)

      Receive one processor activation (#5579) at no additional charge.Two processors are activated.

      4-core 4.2 GHz offering

      Deskside configuraton:

      • 1 x 4-core 4.2 GHz processor card (#5635)
      • 2 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
      • 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
      • 1 x IBM Rack bezel and hardware (#7200)
      • 1 x IBM/OEM Rack-mount drawer rail kit (#7114)
      • 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
      • 2 x Power supply, 950 Watt, Base (#7703)
      • 1 x SATA DVD-RAM (#5762)
      • 1 x DASD/Media Backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD(#8308)
      • 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1877)
      • 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
      • 2 x Power cord (6xxx)
      • 2 x Processor activation (#5655)

      Receive two processor activation (#5678) at no additional charge.Four processors are activated.

      4-core 4.7 GHz offering

      • #1843 -- Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane
      • #7112 -- IBM Deskside Coverset

      If ordering a Power 520 in a rack-mount configuration the followingadditional features must be ordered:

      • 1 x 2-core 4.2 GHz processor card (#5634)
      • 2 x 8192 MB (2 x 4096 MB) DIMMs (#4523)
      • 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
      • 1 x IBM Rack bezel and hardware (#7200)
      • 1 x IBM/OEM Rack-mount drawer rail kit (#7114)
      • 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
      • 2 x Power supply, 950 Watt, Base (#7703)
      • 1 x SATA DVD-RAM (#5762)
      • 1 x DASD/Media Backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD(#8308)
      • 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1877)
      • 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
      • 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
      • 1 x Processor activation (#5654)

      Receive one processor activation (#5677) at no additional charge. Twoprocessors are activated.

      Note: Same as 8203-E4A 2-core 4.2 GHz Express offering, except 16 GBmemory (2 x #4523) replaces 4 GB memory (2 x #4521)

      Power Systems 520 4-core 4.2 GHz 32 GB offering

      • mySAP ERP Financials
      • mySAP ERP Human Capital Management
      • mySAP ERP Operations
      • mySAP ERP Corporate Services
    • SAP NetWeaver BI provides companies of every size with a highlyreliable, high-performance business intelligence (BI) solution that canscale to meet their needs. In today's business environment, it iscritical to turn the reams of data collected into useable real-timeanalysis and reports that can be used to make daily business decisions.Gone are the days when you can wait overnight for the reports to begenerated. Companies need a BI solution that can analyze their data in aheterogeneous environment and provide the results directly to otherbusiness applications, management, or individual users, all in real-time.Not only does the BI solution need to be fast, but it also needs to bereliable and scale as a company grows. SAP NetWeaver BI provides ahigh-performance, scalable BI solution, delivering real-time businessanalytics in order for clients to make daily business decisions. Itprovides a highly reliable and scalable platform that BI clients demandthat can grow with their business without compromising systemaffordability.
    • Solution Edition for SAP -- recommended configurations built onPower Systems 520 Express, 2-core 4.2 GHz, 16 GB offering

      • 1 x 4-core 4.2 GHz processor card (#5635)
      • 4 x 8192 MB (2 x 4096 MB) DIMMs (#4523)
      • 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
      • 1 x IBM Rack bezel and hardware (#7200)
      • 1 x IBM/OEM Rack-mount drawer rail kit (#7114)
      • 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
      • 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7703)
      • 1 x SATA DVD-RAM (#5762)
      • 1 x DASD/Media Backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD(#8308)
      • 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1877)
      • 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
      • 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
      • 2 x Processor activation (#5655)

      Receive two processor activations (#5678) at no additional charge.Eight processors are activated.

      Note: Same as 8203-E4A 4-core 4.2 GHz Express offering, except 32 GBmemory (4 x #4523) replaces 8 GB memory (4 x #4521)

      Model Upgrades and Conversions

      All model upgrades and conversions are CE install.

      You can upgrade the 9406-520, 9406-525, or 9407-M15 with IBM POWER5 orIBM POWER5+ processors to the Power 520 8203-E4A with IBM POWER6processors. For these upgrades, IBM will install Central Complex (CEC)enclosures to replace the enclosures that you currently have. You mustreturn your current CEC enclosures to IBM in exchange for the financialconsiderations identified under the applicable feature conversions foreach upgrade. Several of the parts in your current system can be movedto the new system after it is installed.

      The 1-core Power 520 9407-M15 can be converted to a 1-core 8203 E4Aand the 2-core Power 520 9408-M25 can be converted to a 2-core 8203-E4A.These are mostly 'paperwork' changes since the POWER6 hardware is thesame. However, there is some downtime when the information inside thesystem is updated to reflect that it is a different machine type anddifferent model number.

      Clients taking advantage of the model upgrade offer from a POWER5 orPOWER5+ processor-based system are required to return to IBM all CECenclosures, bezels, and system boards from the CEC enclosures that arepart of the serial number system being upgraded. Any feature for which afeature conversion is used to obtain a new part must be returned to IBMalso. Clients may keep and reuse any PCI adapters, SCSI disks, memory,or media devices that were not involved in a feature conversiontransaction.

      You can upgrade the following:

      • 9406-520 systems with POWER5+ processor feature numbers 8952, 8953,8954, 8955, 8327, or 8330 to an 8203-E4A with processor feature number5634. Feature number 5634 is a 2-core processor.
      • 9406-525 systems with POWER5+ processor feature number 8330 to an8203-E4A with processor feature number 5634. Feature number 5634 is a2-core processor.

      The following features, if present on the current system, can be movedto the new system:

      • Operator panel
      • PCI adapters with cables.
      • Line cords, keyboards, and displays.
      • PowerVM Express (#7983), PowerVM Standard (#8506), and PowerVMEnterprise (#8507.
      • SCSI DASD cannot be used in the E4A system CECs but can be used inremote I/O drawers or towers attached to the model E4A. Recommended I/Odrawers are feature 5786 or 7311-D20.
      • DDR2 memory, if upgrading to the feature number 5634 processor.
      • Power supplies, if upgrading to the feature number 5634 processor.
      • Most I/O drawers and towers, if present as a feature on the 9406system.
      • Racks, if present as a feature on the 9406 system.

      The Power 520 model 8203-E4A allows the following Upgrades/conversionsfrom 940x systems:

      Processor Activations

      Capacity Upgrade on Demand (CUoD) is not supported on the 8203-E4A.All processors on the system must be permanently activated.

      The following rules apply when converting from a 9407-M15 or 9408-M25to an 8203-E4A:

      • 9408-M15 with 1-core processor (#5633) with one paid or no-chargeactivation (#5651 or #5676) will carry over that activation to the8203-E4A.
      • 9408-M25 with 2-core processor (#5634) with one paid or no-chargeactivation (#5654 or #5677) will receive a no-charge activation (#5677).
      • 9408-M25 with 2-core processor (#5634) with one paid activation(#5654) and one no-charge activation (#5677) will receive a second no-charge activation (#5677) to replace the paid activation (#5654).

      The following rules apply when upgrading from a 9406-520, 9406-525 toan 8203-E4A:

        Special uncorrectable error handling

        Uncorrectable errors are difficult for any system to tolerate,although there are some situations where they can be shown to beirrelevant. For example, if an uncorrectable error occurs in cached datathat will never again be read or where a fresh write of the data isimminent, it would be unwise to 'protect' the user by forcing animmediate reboot.

        Special Uncorrectable Error (SUE) handling was an IBM innovationintroduced for POWER5 processors, where an uncorrectable error in memoryor cache does not immediately cause the system to terminate. Rather, thesystem tags the data and determines whether it will ever be used again.If the error is irrelevant, it will not force a checkstop.

        PCI extended error handling

        Prior to POWER5 processors, PCI bus parity errors caused a globalmachine check interrupt, which eventually required a system reboot tocontinue. In systems using POWER6 processors, I/O drawer hardware,system firmware, and AIX interaction have been designed to allowtransparent recovery of intermittent PCI bus parity errors and gracefultransition to the I/O device available state in the case of a permanentparity error in the PCI bus. This mechanism is called PCI extended errorhandling (EEH).

        EEH-enabled adapters respond to a special data packet generated fromthe affected PCI slot hardware by calling system firmware, which willexamine the affected bus, allow the device driver to reset it, andcontinue without a system reboot. Currently, there is limited supportfor the Linux operating system, depending upon driver availability.

        Predictive failure analysis and dynamic component deallocation

        Servers with POWER processors have long had the capability to performpredictive failure analysis on certain critical components such asprocessors and memory. When these components exhibit symptoms that wouldindicate a failure is imminent, the system can dynamically deallocate andcall home about the failing part before the error becomes systematic. Inmany cases this is transparent, especially if the system containsCapacity Upgrade on Demand (CUoD) components. If no CUoD resources areavailable, the system will first attempt to reallocate resources in sucha way that will avoid unplanned outages. In the event that insufficientresources exist to maintain full system availability, these servers willattempt to maintain partition availability by user-defined priority.

        Uncorrectable error recovery

        When the auto-restart option is enabled, the system can automaticallyrestart following an unrecoverable software error, hardware failure, orenvironmentally induced (ac power) failure.

        Serviceability

        The purpose of Serviceability is to repair the system while attemptingto minimize or eliminate service cost (within budget objectives), whilemaintaining high customer satisfaction. Serviceability includes systeminstallation, MES (system upgrades/downgrades), and systemmaintenance/repair. Depending upon the system and warranty contract,service may be performed by the customer, an IBM representative, or anauthorized warranty service provider.

        The Serviceability features delivered in this system provide a highlyefficient service environment by incorporating the following attributes:

        • LEDs
        • Operator Panel
        • Service Processor menu
        • Operating system service menu
        • Service Focal Point on the HMC
        • Service Focal Point Lite on IVM

        In the guiding light LED implementation, when a fault condition isdetected on the POWER6 processor-based product, an amber System AttentionLED will be illuminated. Upon arrival at the server, a service providersets the identify mode, selecting a specific problem to be identified forrepair by the guiding light method. The guiding light system pinpointsthe exact part by flashing the amber identity LED associated with thepart to be replaced.

        The system can clearly identify components for replacement by usingspecific component level indicators, and can also 'guide' the servicerdirectly to the component by signaling (causing to flash) the Rack/FrameSystem Identify indicator and the Drawer Identify indicator on the drawercontaining the component. The flashing identify LEDs direct the servicerto the correct system, the correct enclosure, and the correct component.

        First Failure Data Capture and Error Data Analysis

        First Failure Data Capture (FFDC) is a technique that helps ensurethat when a fault is detected in a system, the root cause of the faultwill be captured without the need to re-create the problem or run anysort of extending tracing or diagnostics program. For the vast majorityof faults, a good FFDC design means that the root cause can also bedetected automatically without servicer intervention.

        FFDC information, error data analysis, and fault isolation arenecessary to implement the advanced serviceability techniques that enableefficient service of the systems and to help determine the failing items.

        In the absence of FFDC and Error Data Analysis, diagnostics are oftenrequired to re-create the failure and determine the failing items.

        Wintv-hvr 900 driver per mac. Blog post updated to reflect the correct version (thanks to Gerd for pointing this out). I’ve tried with both kernel 2.6.37 and 2.6.38.2, but it is not working for me. As soon as I attach the device the system properly detect it: usb 2-1: new high speed USB device using ehci_hcd and address 5 hub 2-1:1.0: USB hub found hub 2-1:1.0: 4 ports detected usb 2-1.3: new high speed USB device using ehci_hcd and address 6 WARNING: You are using an experimental version of the media stack.

        Diagnostics

        General diagnostic objectives are to detect and identify problems suchthat they can be resolved quickly. Elements of IBM's diagnosticsstrategy include:

        • Provide a Common Error Code format equivalent to a System ReferenceCode, System Reference Number, Checkpoint, or Firmware error code.
        • Provide fault detection and problem isolation procedures.
        • Support remote connection ability to be used by the IBM RemoteSupport Center or IBM Designated Service.
        • Provide interactive intelligence within the diagnostics with detailedonline failure information while connected to IBM's back-end system.

        Automatic diagnostics

        Because of the FFDC technology designed into IBM Servers, it is nolonger necessary to perform ' re-create diagnostics' for failures orrequire user intervention. Solid and intermittent errors are designed tobe correctly detected and isolated at the time the failure occurs.Run-time and boot-time diagnostics fall into this category.

        Stand-alone diagnostics

        As the name implies, stand-alone or user-initiated diagnostics requireuser intervention. The user must perform manual steps including:

          Call Home

          Call Home refers to an automatic or manual call from a customerlocation to IBM support structure with error log data, server status, orother service-related information. Call Home invokes the serviceorganization in order for the appropriate service action to begin. CallHome can be done through HMC or non-HMC managed systems. Whileconfiguring Call Home is optional, clients are encouraged to implementthis feature in order to obtain service enhancements such as reducedproblem determination and faster and potentially more accuratetransmittal of error information. In general, using the Call Homefeature can result in increased system availability.

          IBM Electronics Services

          Electronic Service Agent and the IBM Electronic Services Web portalcomprise the IBM Electronic Services solution--dedicated to providingfast, exceptional support to IBM customers. IBM Electronic Service Agentis a no-charge tool that proactively monitors and reports hardwareevents, such as system errors, performance issues, and inventory.Electronic Service Agent can help focus on the customer's companystrategic business initiatives, save time, and spend less effort managingday-to-day IT maintenance issues.

          Now integrated in AIX V5.3 TL6 in addition to the HMC, ElectronicService Agent is designed to automatically and electronically reportsystem failures and customer-perceived issues to IBM, which can result infaster problem resolution and increased availability. Systemconfiguration and inventory information collected by Electronic ServiceAgent also can be viewed on the secure Electronic Services Web portal,and used to improve problem determination and resolution between thecustomer and the IBM support team. As part of an increased focus toprovide even better service to IBM customers, Electronic Service Agenttool configuration and activation comes standard with the system. Insupport of this effort, a new HMC External Connectivity securitywhitepaper has been published, which describes data exchanges between theHMC and the IBM Service Delivery Center (SDC) and the methods andprotocols for this exchange. To read the whitepaper and prepare forElectronic Service Agent installation, go to the 'Reference Guide'section of:

        • Select your country.
        • Click on 'IBM Electronic Service Agent Connectivity Guide'.
        • Benefits

          Increased uptime

          Electronic Service Agent is designed to enhance the warranty andmaintenance service by providing faster hardware error reporting anduploading system information to IBM Support. This can optimize the timemonitoring the symptoms, diagnosing the error, and manually calling IBMSupport to open a problem record. 24x7 monitoring and reporting means nomore dependency on human intervention or off-hours customer personnelwhen errors are encountered in the middle of the night.

          Security

          Electronic Service Agent is secure in monitoring, reporting, andstoring the data at IBM. Electronic Service Agent securely transmits viathe Internet (HTTPS or VPN) and can be configured to communicate securelythrough gateways to provide customers a single point of exit from theirsite. Communication between the customer and IBM only flows one way;activating Service Agent does not enable IBM to call into a customer'ssystem. System inventory information is stored in a secure database,which is protected behind IBM firewalls. The customer's businessapplications or business data is never transmitted to IBM.

          More accurate reporting

          Since system information and error logs are automatically uploaded tothe IBM Support Center in conjunction with the service request, customersare not required to find and send system information, decreasing the riskof misreported or misdiagnosed errors. Once inside IBM, problem errordata is run through a data knowledge management system and knowledgearticles are appended to the problem record.

          Customized support

          Using the IBM ID entered during activation, customers can view systemand support information in the 'My Systems' and 'Premium Search' sectionsof the Electronic Services Web site.

          The Electronic Services Web portal is a single Internet entry pointthat replaces the multiple entry points traditionally used to access IBMInternet services and support. This Web portal enables you to gaineasier access to IBM resources for assistance in resolving technicalproblems. The newly improved 'My Systems' and 'Premium Search' functionsmake it even easier for Electronic Service Agent-enabled customers totrack system inventory and find pertinent fixes.

          'My Systems' provides valuable reports of installed hardware andsoftware using information collected from the systems by IBM ElectronicService Agent. Reports are available for any system associated with thecustomer's IBM ID. 'Premium Search' combines the function of search andthe value of Electronic Service Agent information, providing advancedsearch of the technical support knowledgebase. Using 'Premium Search'and the Service Agent information that has been collected from thesystem, customers are able to see search results that apply specificallyto their systems.

          For more information on how to utilize the power of IBM ElectronicServices, visit the following Web site or contact an IBM Systems ServicesRepresentative:


          Back to top

          Models

          Model summary matrix

          ModelProcessor TypeClock RateSystem MemoryInternal StorageSlots/Bays
          E4APOWER64.2GHz/4.7GHz1 GB/64 GB2700 GB max with 3 1/2' DASD; 1174.4 GBmax with 2 1/2' DASD5 slots / 6 3.5' DASD bays; 2 mediabays

          Customer setup (CSU)

          Yes.

          Devices supported

          The following external machine types are supported on the indicatedmodels for MT 8203.

          This list is not all inclusive. Many devices are supported throughstandard ports. Please refer to the sales manual of the external machinetype and the list of supported devices in the appropriate section of theAIX sales manual for further attach support information.

          Note: #5900, #5901 or #5912 is required when attaching external SAS Tapeor SAS attached Optical devices.

          Model conversions

          None.

          Feature Conversions

          The existing components being replaced during a model or featureconversion become the property of IBM and must be returned.

          Feature conversions are always implemented on a 'quantity of one forquantity of one' basis. Multiple existing features may not be convertedto a single new feature. Single existing features may not be convertedto multiple new features.

          The following conversions are available to customers:

          Feature conversions for 8203-E4A miscellaneous features

          Feature conversions for 8203-E4A rack-related features

          Feature conversions for 9406-520 to 8203-E4A administrativefeatures

          Feature conversions for 9406-525 to 8203-E4A administrativefeatures

          Feature conversions for 9407-M15 to 8203-E4A administrativefeatures

          Feature conversions for 9408-M25 to 8203-E4A administrativefeatures
          Back to top

          Technical description

          Physical specificationsOperating environmentLimitations
          Hardware requirementsSoftware requirements

          Physical specifications

          • Deskside/Desktop:
            • Width:
              • Rack-mount: 31.75 kg (70 lb)
              • Deskside: 40.8 kg (90 lb)

          Operating environment

          • Temperature:
            • 0.876 kva (maximum configuration)
            • Maximum altitude: 3,048 m (10,000 ft)

          Noise level and sound power

          • U.S.: FCC Class A
          • Europe: CISPR 22 Class A
          • Japan: VCCI-A
          • Korea: Korean Requirement Class A
          • China: People's Republic of China commodity inspection law Class A

          Homologation -- Telecom Environmental Testing (Safety andEMC)

          Homologation approval for specific countries has been initiated withthe IBM Homologation and Type Approval (HT&A) organization in LaGaude,France. This Power System 5205 model and applicable features meet theenvironmental testing requirements of the country telecom and have beendesigned and tested in compliance with the Full Quality AssuranceApproval (FQAA) process as delivered by the British Approval Board fortelecom (BABT), the U.K. telecom regulatory authority.

          Product safety/country testing/certification

          • The base machine contains one ac power supply with a second availablefor redundancy.

          Redundant power supply/Fans

          • Maximum of one drawer per 8203-E4A system with AIX or Linux
          • Maximum of 6 drawers per 8203-E4A with IBM i
        • A 7311-D20 (or feature number 0595) or 7314-G30 Expansion Drawer (orfeature number 5796) cannot be configured with a deskside 8203-E4A,indicated by feature numbers 7112 or 7113.
        • A system maximum of 6 of feature codes 5294, and 5296 are supportedon the 8203-E4A. Supported by IBM i operating system only.
        • A system maximum of 12 of feature codes 5094, 0595, 5088, 0588, and5096 are supported on the 8203-E4A. Supported by IBM i operating systemonly.'
        • The following list shows the remote I/O drawers that are supported oravailable on the 8203 and 8204 machine types and the correct interface touse for each of the drawers.

          Some I/O adapters supported in the 7311-D20 I/O drawers when attachedto a IBM POWER5 or POWER5+ processor based Power Systems server will notbe supported when these same I/O drawers are attached to a Power 520 andPower 550 servers with POWER6 processors. For a complete list ofsupported adapters on the 7311, refer to the online Sales Manual for theI/O drawer.

          Maximum number of attached I/O drawers per system:

          I/O drawers are connected to the adapters in the CEC with thefollowing cables:

          • Data transfer cables:

              Note: (1) The 0.6M and 1.5M 12X cables (#1829/#1830 or #1861/#1862)has very limited use due to its short length. It cannot be used toconnect to a system drawer because of the short length. It isintended for use between two 5796 drawers mounted side by side inthe same enclosure (#7314). It can also be used to connect betweentwo modules located one beneath the other in a 7014 rack.

              Note: (2) It is possible in some limited configurations to use the3.0 M, 12X cable (#1840 or #1865) to locate 5796 modules inadjacent racks. The cable length requires careful management of theeach drawer location within the rack. The best choice forconnecting a G30 I/O Drawer in an adjacent rack is the 8.0 M, 12Xcable (#1834 or #1864).

              Note: (3) The 8M 12X cable (#1834 or #1864) is intended for usewhen connecting between two modules that are located in adjacentracks. This cable may not be connected to the 12X Short Run adapter(#6446).

              PCI card slots

              The Power 520 Express has a maximum of five hot-plug PCIX/PCIe slots.

              • A graphics adapter, keyboard, and mouse are not required in theminimum configuration.
              • The maximum number of graphics adapters supported in the Power 520Express is four.

              I/O adapters

              • Feature numbers 5613, 5623, 5624, and 5679 are not plugged into aslot.
              • Refer to Figure 2 for additional I/O adapter limitations.
              • The adapter installed in slot 1 must be short.
              • A maximum of two of feature number 1981, 1982, 5718, or 5719 areallowed in the system.
              • A maximum of two of features 5614 and 5616 is allowed in the system.Both require a GX slot. Feature numbers 5614 and 5616, or any other GXadapters, are not available on a 1-core configuration (#5633).

                Note: Feature number 5616 will not be available until May 6, 2008 andrequires GFW (Global Firmware) 3.2 Service Pack 2.

              • Feature number 5608 (GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach - DDR adapter)is not supported with processors #5577 and #5587.

              Figure 2. I/O Adapter Features

              Note: Maximum quantities are the CEC maximums, not system maximums.

              Storage devices/bays

              • Either feature 8341, 8345, 8346, 8308 or 8310 must be selected.Feature numbers 8345, 8346, and 8310 require feature number 3674 ifexternal SAS connection is required. Feature numbers 8308 and 8341 donot support an external SAS conncection.
              • If feature 3646, 3647, 3648, 3649, 3658, 3677, or 3678 (3.5-inchDASD) is selected, then the following rules apply:
                • Feature number 8346 must be selected.
                • Feature number 1856 or 1878 must be selected.
              • If connection of external devices is desired using the external SASport on feature 8345, feature number 3670 or 3674 is required.
              • Feature 1843 must be selected with deskside coverset feature 7112 or7113
              • Feature 1877 must be selected with rack-mount bezel feature 7200 or7201
              • If a tape device (#5907, or follow-ons) is installed in the half-highmedia bay, feature 3655 OR 3656 must be selected.
              • Split DASD Support Requirements:
                • SSDs and other disk types (HDDs) are not allowed to mirror eachother.
                • SSDs are not compatible with #5900, #5901 and #5912.
                • #3586 and #3587 are not supported in the Power 520 and Power 550CECs.
                • Maximum of 8 per #5886 drawer. No mixing of SSDs and HDDs in a#5886. Maximum of one #5886 contaning #5886 attached to a diskcontroller. A #5886 containing SSD disks cannot be connected to other#5886s. A #5886 containing SSD disks can not be attached to the CECexternal ports on the Power 520 and Power 550.
                • In a Power 520 or Power 550 with a split backplane, SSDs and HDDs maybe placed in either 'split' but no mixing of SSDs and HDDs within a'split' is allowed.
                • In a Power 520 or Power 550 without a split backplane, SSDs and HDDsmay be mixed in any combination.
                • #1890 and #1909 are supported in Power 520, Power 550 CECsand #5802 or 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk.

              Figure 3. Storage device features

              Hardware requirements

              Power Systems 520 minimum system configuration

              The Power 520 Express can be configured to incorporate a 1-, 2-, or4-core processor, 64 GB of system memory, five PCI adapters, and multi-ple media devices, as desired. This flexibility is made availablethrough the many optional features for the Power 520 Express.

              Each Power 520 Express must include a minimum of the following items:

              • One system Central Electronics Complex (CEC) enclosure with the fol-lowing items:
                • 1-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 processor (#5633)
                • 2-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 processor (#5634)
                • 4-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 processor (#5635)
                • 2-core 4.7 GHz POWER6 processor (#5577)
                • 4-core 4.7 GHz POWER6 processor (#5587)
              • One, two, or four processor activations:
                • 1024 MB PC2-5300 Memory (2 x 512 MB RDIMMs) (#4520)
                • 2048 MB PC2-5300 Memory (2 x 1024 MB RDIMMs) (#4521)
                • 4096 MB PC2-5300 Memory (2 x 2048 MB RDIMMs) (#4522)
                • 4096 MB PC2-5300 Memory (2 x 2048 MB RDIMMs) (#4532)
                • 8192 MB PC2-5300 Memory (2 x 4096 MB RDIMMs) (#4523)
                • 16384 MB PC2-3200 Memory (2 x 8192 MB RDIMMs) (#4524)

                Choose DASD Backplane from:

                • Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
                • 4-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5624)
                • Dual-port 10 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5613)

                Choose disk drive for CEC from:

                • 950 watt AC, Hot-swap, Base (#7703)
              • Configuration indicator
                • AIX V5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 7, orlater
                • AIX V5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level, or later
                • AIX V6.1, or later

                If installing the IBM i operating system (one of these):

                • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later
                • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.5 for POWER, or later
                • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 for POWER, or later

                Visit the IBM Prerequisite Web site for compatibility information forhardware features and the corresponding AIX Technology Levels:

                Note: Not all Power 520 Express features available under the AIXoperating system are available under the IBM i or Linux operating system.

                Information on features and external devices supported by Linux on thePower 520 Express can be found at:

                If installing the Power 520 Express server within the Cluster 1600:

                  Publications

                  The following information is shipped with the 8203-E4A. Additionalcopies are available. To order, contact your IBM representative.

                  The following publications will be included on the 8203-E4A ServiceCD-ROM (SK5T-7090):

                  Hardware documentation such as installation instructions, user'sinformation, and service information are available to download or viewat:

                  http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/pseries/index.jsp

                  Visit the IBM System Support Site, which contains the documentationfor the hardware:

                  Features

                  Features - No chargeFeatures - ChargeableFeature availability matrix
                  Feature descriptionsFeature exchanges

                  Features - No charge

                  • Languages
                    • (#0983) - US TAA Compliance Indicator
                    • (#7305) -SDI Software Pre-Install Indicator
                    • (#9461) -Month Indicator
                    • (#9462) -Day Indicator
                    • (#9463) -Hour Indicator
                    • (#9464) -Minute Indicator
                    • (#9465) -Qty Indicator
                    • (#9466) -Countable Member Indicator
                  • Specify Codes
                    • (#0462) -SSD Placement Indicator - CEC
                    • (#0463) -SSD Placement Indicator (5802/5803)
                    • (#0464) -SSD Placement Indicator - 5886
                    • (#0465) -SSD Placement Indicator - 5887
                  • Miscellaneous
                    • (#5689) -DAT160 Data Cartridge
                    • (#5747) -IBM LTO Ultrium 4 800 GB Data Cartridge
                  • Memory
                    • (#5577) -2-core 4.7 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots
                    • (#5578) -One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5577
                    • (#5579) -Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5577
                    • (#5587) -4-core 4.7 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 8 Memory DIMM Slots
                    • (#5588) -One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5587
                    • (#5589) -Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5587
                    • (#5633) -1-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots
                    • (#5634) -2-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots
                    • (#5635) -4-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 8 Memory DIMM Slots
                  • Service
                    • (#0205) -RISC-to-RISC Data Migration
                    • (#0456) -Customer Specified Placement One and only one rackindicator features is required onall orders (#4650 to#4666).
                    • (#0851) -#1884 Load Source Specify
                    • (#0854) -#1909 Load Source Specify
                    • (#0855) -#3587 Load Source Specify
                    • (#0871) -#1947 Load Source Specify
                    • (#0874) -#1956 Load Source Specify
                    • (#0876) -#1794 Load Source Specify
                    • (#4650) -Rack Indicator-Not Factory Integrated
                    • (#4651) -Rack Indicator, Rack #1
                    • (#4652) -Rack Indicator, Rack #2
                    • (#4653) -Rack Indicator, Rack #3
                    • (#4654) -Rack Indicator, Rack #4
                    • (#4655) -Rack Indicator, Rack #5
                    • (#4656) -Rack Indicator, Rack #6
                    • (#4657) -Rack Indicator, Rack #7
                    • (#4658) -Rack Indicator, Rack #8
                    • (#4659) -Rack Indicator, Rack #9
                    • (#4660) -Rack Indicator, Rack #10
                    • (#4661) -Rack Indicator, Rack #11
                    • (#4662) -Rack Indicator, Rack #12
                    • (#4663) -Rack Indicator, Rack #13
                    • (#4664) -Rack Indicator, Rack #14
                    • (#4665) -Rack Indicator, Rack #15
                    • (#4666) -Rack Indicator, Rack #16
                    • (#5002) -Customer Solution Center - Rochester Mfg
                  Special Features - Plant and/or Field Installable
                  • Adapters
                    • (#0719) -Load Source Not in CEC
                  • Cable
                    • (#1854) -10 Meter 12X to 4X Enhanced Channel Conversion Cable
                    • (#1856) -Op Panel Cable for Deskside System w/2.5' DASD
                    • (#1861) -0.6 Meter 12X DDR Cable
                    • (#1862) -1.5 Meter 12X DDR Cable
                    • (#1864) -8.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable
                    • (#1865) -3.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable
                    • (#1877) -Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/3.5' DASD
                    • (#1878) -Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/2.5' DASD
                    • (#2114) -PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable
                    • (#2118) -Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M
                    • (#2124) -Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 1 Meter
                    • (#2125) -Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 3 Meter
                    • (#2126) -Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 5 Meter
                    • (#2127) -Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 10 Meter
                    • (#2128) -Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 20 Meter
                    • (#2138) -0.55 Meter Ultra 320 SCSI Cable
                    • (#2424) -0.6M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable
                    • (#2425) -2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable
                    • (#2456) -LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
                    • (#2459) -LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
                    • (#2877) -IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable
                    • (#2934) -Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
                    • (#2936) -Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24
                    • (#2951) -Cable, V.24 / EIA-232
                    • (#2952) -Cable, V.35
                    • (#2953) -Cable, V.36 / EIA-499
                    • (#2954) -Cable, X.21
                    • (#3124) -Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer
                    • (#3125) -Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack
                    • (#3146) -RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 1.2M
                    • (#3147) -RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 3.5M
                    • (#3148) -RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 10M
                    • (#3156) -RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 1.75M
                    • (#3168) -RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cbl, 2.5M
                    • (#3450) -SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
                    • (#3451) -SAS YO Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
                    • (#3452) -SAS YO Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
                    • (#3453) -SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
                    • (#3454) -SAS X Cable 3m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
                    • (#3455) -SAS X Cable 6m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
                    • (#3456) -SAS X Cable 10m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
                    • (#3457) -SAS YO Cable 15m - HD 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure
                    • (#3458) -SAS X Cable 15m - HD 3Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
                    • (#3652) -SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M
                    • (#3653) -SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M
                    • (#3654) -SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M
                    • (#3655) -SAS HH Cable
                    • (#3656) -SAS SFF Cable
                    • (#3657) -Right Angle SAS Tape Drive Cable
                    • (#3661) -SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 3M
                    • (#3662) -SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 6M
                    • (#3663) -SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 15M
                    • (#3670) -SAS Cable, DASD Backplane (Split) to Rear Bulkhead
                    • (#3674) -SAS Cable, DASD Backplane to Rear Bulkhead
                    • (#3679) -SAS Cable (AI)-1M
                    • (#3681) -3M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)
                    • (#3682) -6M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)
                    • (#3684) -SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single path 3M
                    • (#3685) -SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single path 6M
                    • (#3686) -SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, SingleController/Dual Path 1.5M
                    • (#3687) -SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, SingleController/Dual Path 3M
                    • (#3688) -SAS Cable (AT) 0.6 Meter
                    • (#3689) -SAS AT Cable 0.6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to 12X Enclosure (AT)
                    • (#3691) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, SingleController/Dual Path 1.5 M
                    • (#3692) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, SingleController/Dual Path 3 M
                    • (#3693) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, SingleController/Dual Path 6 M
                    • (#3694) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, SingleController/Dual Path 15 M
                    • (#3925) -Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
                    • (#3926) -Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
                    • (#3927) -Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
                    • (#3928) -Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
                    • (#4242) -6-Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pinD-shell)
                    • (#4256) -Extender Cable-USB KEYB1.8
                    • (#4276) -VGA to DVI Connection Converter
                    • (#5915) -SAS AA Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
                    • (#5916) -SAS AA Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
                    • (#5917) -SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
                    • (#5918) -SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
                    • (#6001) -Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 2 meter
                    • (#6006) -Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 3 meter
                    • (#6007) -Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 15 meter
                    • (#6008) -Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 6 meter
                    • (#6029) -Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 30 meter
                    • (#7204) -Quantity 150 of #2124
                    • (#7205) -Quantity 150 of #2125
                    • (#7206) -Quantity 150 of #2126
                    • (#7207) -Quantity 150 of #2127
                    • (#7208) -Quantity 150 of #2128
                    • (#7213) -Quantity 150 of #2138
                    • (#7801) -Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to SystemUnit
                    • (#7802) -Ethernet Cable, 15M, Hardware Management Console to SystemUnit
                • Disk
                  • (#3587) -69GB 3.5' SAS Solid State Drive
                  • (#3646) -73 GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
                  • (#3647) -146 GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
                  • (#3648) -300 GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
                  • (#3649) -450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
                  • (#3658) -428GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
                  • (#3676) -69.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive
                  • (#3677) -139.5GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
                  • (#3678) -283.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
                  • (#4319) -35.16GB 10k rpm Disk Unit
                  • (#4326) -35.16GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
                  • (#4327) -70.56GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
                  • (#4328) -141.12GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
                  • (#4329) -282.25GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
                  • (#5554) -Mirror 35GB Disk/Controller Pkg
                  • (#5555) -Mirror 70GB Disk/Controller Pkg
                  • (#5556) -Mirror 141GB Disk/Controller Pkg
                  • (#7504) -Quantity 150 of #4319
                  • (#7508) -Quantity 150 of #4326
                  • (#7509) -Quantity 150 of #4327
                  • (#7510) -Quantity 150 of #4328
                  • (#7511) -Quantity 150 of #4329
                  • (#7517) -Quantity 150 of #3676
                  • (#7518) -Quantity 150 of #3677
                  • (#7519) -Quantity 150 of #3678
                  • (#7535) -Quantity 150 of #3586
                  • (#7536) -Quantity 150 of #3587
                  • (#7538) -Quantity 150 of #3658
                  • (#7549) -Quantity 150 of #3647
                  • (#7564) -Quantity 150 of #3648
                  • (#7565) -Quantity 150 of #3649
                • Display
                  • (#3639) -IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor
                  • (#3640) -ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor
                  • (#3641) -IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor
                  • (#3642) -ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor
                  • (#3643) -IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor
                  • (#3644) -IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor
                  • (#3645) -IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor
                  • Drive
                    • (#5951) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
                    • (#5952) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
                    • (#5953) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
                    • (#5954) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
                    • (#5955) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
                    • (#5956) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
                    • (#5957) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
                    • (#5958) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
                    • (#5959) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
                    • (#5960) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
                    • (#5961) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
                    • (#5962) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
                    • (#5963) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058
                    • (#5964) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120
                    • (#5965) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
                    • (#5966) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
                    • (#5967) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
                    • (#5968) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150
                    • (#5969) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
                    • (#5970) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
                    • (#5971) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
                    • (#5972) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
                    • (#5973) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
                    • (#5974) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
                    • (#5975) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
                    • (#5976) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
                    • (#5977) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
                    • (#5978) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
                    • (#5979) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
                    • (#5980) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
                    • (#5981) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
                    • (#5982) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
                    • (#5983) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P
                    • (#8800) -Keyboard - USB, US English, #103P
                    • (#8801) -Keyboard - USB, French, #189
                    • (#8802) -Keyboard - USB, Italian, #142
                    • (#8803) -Keyboard - USB, German/Austrian, #129
                    • (#8804) -Keyboard - USB, UK English, #166
                    • (#8805) -Keyboard - USB, Spanish, #172
                    • (#8806) -Keyboard - USB, Japanese, #194
                    • (#8807) -Keyboard - USB, Brazilian/Portuguese, #275
                    • (#8808) -Keyboard - USB, Canadian French, #058
                    • (#8810) -Keyboard - USB, Belgium/UK, #120
                    • (#8811) -Keyboard - USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
                    • (#8812) -Keyboard - USB, Danish, #159
                    • (#8813) -Keyboard - USB, Bulgarian, #442
                    • (#8814) -Keyboard - USB, Swiss/French/German, #150F/G
                    • (#8816) -Keyboard - USB, Norwegian, #155
                    • (#8817) -Keyboard - USB, Dutch, #143
                    • (#8818) -Keyboard - USB, Portuguese, #163
                    • (#8819) -Keyboard - USB, Greek, #319
                    • (#8820) -Keyboard - USB, Hebrew, #212
                    • (#8821) -Keyboard - USB, Hungarian, #208
                    • (#8823) -Keyboard - USB, Polish, #214
                    • (#8825) -Keyboard - USB, Slovakian, #245
                    • (#8826) -Keyboard - USB, Czech, #243
                    • (#8827) -Keyboard - USB, Turkish, #179
                    • (#8829) -Keyboard - USB, LA Spanish, #171
                    • (#8830) -Keyboard - USB, Arabic, #253
                    • (#8833) -Keyboard - USB, Korean, #413
                    • (#8834) -Keyboard - USB, Chinese/US, #467
                    • (#8835) -Keyboard - USB, French Canadian, #445
                    • (#8836) -Keyboard - USB, Thai, #191
                    • (#8838) -Keyboard - USB, Russian, #443
                    • (#8839) -Keyboard - USB, Yugoslavian/Latin, #105
                    • (#8840) -Keyboard - USB, US English (EMEA), #103P
                  • Linecords
                    • (#0373) -UPS Factory Integration Specify
                    • (#0374) -HMC Factory Integration Specify
                    • (#0375) -Display Factory Integration Specify
                    • (#0376) -Reserve Rack Space for UPS
                    • (#0377) -Reserve Rack Space for HMC
                    • (#0378) -Reserve Rack Space for Display
                    • (#9359) -specify mode-1 1(1)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
                    • (#9360) -Specify mode-1 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
                    • (#9361) -Specify mode-2 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
                    • (#9365) -Specify mode-4 1(4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
                    • (#9366) -Specify mode-2 1(4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
                    • (#9367) -Specify mode-1 1(2)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887
                    • (#9368) -Specify mode-2 1(4)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887
                    • (#9382) -Specify mode-1 1(1)5904/6/8 for EXP24S #5887
                    • (#9383) -Specify mode-1 1(2) 5904/6/8 for EXP24S #5887
                    • (#9384) -Specify mode-1 & CEC SAS port for EXP24 #5887
                    • (#9385) -Specify mode-1 1(2) 5913 for EXP24S #5887
                    • (#9386) -Specify mode-2 1(4) 5913 for EXP24S #5887
                  • Media Devices
                    • (#4287) -Memory Offering, 32GB (Multiples of 4 of 2x4GB DIMMs)
                    • (#4288) -Memory Offering, 64GB (Multiples of 4 of 2x8GB DIMMs)
                    • (#4520) -1024MB (2x512MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM
                    • (#4521) -2048MB (2x1024MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM
                    • (#4522) -4096MB (2x2048MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM
                    • (#4523) -8192MB (2x4096MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb Stacked DRAM
                    • (#4524) -16384MB (2x8192MB) RDIMMs, 400 MHz, 1Gb Stacked DRAM
                    • (#4532) -4096MB (2x2048MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 1Gb DRAM
                  • Miscellaneous
                    • (#8310) -DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5' DASD/SATA DVD/Tape withExternal SAS Port
                    • (#8340) -Enhanced DASD/Media Backplane for 2.5' DASD/SATA DVD/ Tapewith External SAS Port
                    • (#8341) -DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5' DASD/DVD/Tape
                    • (#8345) -DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5' DASD/DVD/Tape; with ExternalSAS Port
                    • (#8346) -DASD/Media Backplane for 2.5' DASD/SATA DVD/Tape withExternal SAS Port
                    • (#8506) -PowerVM Standard
                    • (#8507) -PowerVM Enterprise
                    • Pointing Device
                      • (#5115) -Dual Line Cords - Tower
                      • (#5116) -Dual Line Cords - 5294 Tower
                      • (#5138) -Redundant Power and Cooling
                      • (#5160) -Power Dist Unit 1 Phase NEMA
                      • (#5161) -Power Dist Unit 1 Phase IEC
                      • (#5162) -Power Dist Unit 2 of 3 Phase
                      • (#5163) -Power Dist Unit - 3 Phase
                      • (#7109) -Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector
                      • (#7188) -Power Distribution Unit
                      • (#7703) -Power Supply, 950 Watt AC, Hot-swap, Base and Redundant
                    • Processor
                      • (#0551) -19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack
                      • (#0553) -19 inch, 2.0 meter high rack
                      • (#0555) -19 inch, 1.3 meter high rack
                      • (#0588) -PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack
                      • (#0595) -PCI/SCSI Disk Expansion Drawer
                      • (#0599) -Rack Filler Panel Kit
                      • (#0694) -#5094 Equivalent
                      • (#0696) -#5096 Equivalent
                      • (#5088) -PCI-X Expansion Unit
                      • (#5094) -PCI-X Expansion Tower
                      • (#5095) -PCI-X Expansion Tower
                      • (#5096) -PCI-X Exp Tower (no disk)
                      • (#5108) -30-Disk Expansion Feature
                      • (#5294) -1.8m I/O Tower
                      • (#5296) -1.8m I/O Tower (no disk)
                      • (#5786) -TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Dwr
                      • (#5790) -PCI Expansion Drawer
                      • (#5796) -PCI-DDR 12X Expansion Drawer
                      • (#5802) -12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk
                      • (#5877) -12X I/O Drawer PCIe, No Disk
                      • (#5886) -EXP 12S
                      • (#5887) -EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer
                      • (#6068) -Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack
                      • (#6069) -Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack
                      • (#6246) -1.8m Rack Trim Kit
                      • (#6247) -2.0m Rack Trim Kit
                      • (#6248) -1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors
                      • (#6249) -2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors
                      • (#6263) -1.8m Rack Trim Kit
                      • (#6272) -2.0m Rack Trim Kit
                      • (#6580) -Optional Rack Security Kit
                      • (#7114) -IBM/OEM Rack-Mount Drawer Rail Kit
                      • (#7118) -Environmental Monitoring Probe
                      • (#7200) -IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
                      • (#7201) -OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
                      • (#7307) -Dual I/O Unit Enclosure
                      • (#7311) -Dual I/O Unit Enclosure
                      • (#7314) -I/O Drawer Mounting Enclosure
                      • (#7780) -2.0m Rack Side Attach Kit
                      • (#7840) -Side-by-Side for 1.8m Racks
                      • (#7841) -Ruggedize Rack Kit
                    • Services
                      • (#1793) -177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)
                      • (#1794) -177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i)
                      • (#1887) -Quantity 150 of #1793
                      • (#1958) -Quantity 150 of #1794
                    • Specify Codes

                        Feature descriptions

                        The following is a list of all feature codes in numeric order for theIBM System p 8203 machine type.

                        Attributes, as defined in the following feature descriptions, statethe interaction of requirements among features.

                        Minimums and maximums are the absolute limits for a single featurewithout regard to interaction with other features. The maximum validquantity for MES orders may be different than for initial orders. Themaximums listed below refer to the largest quantity of these twopossibilities.

                        The order type defines if a feature is orderable only on initialorders, only on MES orders, on both initial and MES orders, or if afeature is supported on a model due to a model conversion. Supportedfeatures cannot be ordered on the converted model, only left on orremoved from the converted model.

                        (#0010) - One CSC Billing Unit

                        One Billing Unit used by the Customer Solution Center.

                        • Attributes provided: Ten CSC Billing Units
                        • Attributes required: None
                        • Minimum required: 0
                        • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
                        • OS level required: None
                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                        • CSU: Yes
                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                        (#0032) Specify Code for External High Speed Modem

                        (No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

                        This specify feature is required if an external high speed modem is tobe shipped with the system. The exact machine type-model of the modemshipped will vary based on what is currently stocked in manufacturing.

                        • Attributes provided: Attached Modem
                        • Attributes required: None
                        • Minimum required: 0
                        • Maximum allowed: 384 (Initial order maximum: 250)
                        • OS level required:
                          • Attributes provided: Device-level mirrored protection
                          • Attributes required: Minumum of two (2) disk units
                          • Minimum required: 0
                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                          • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                          • CSU: Yes
                          • Return parts MES: No
                          (#0041) Device Parity Protection-All, Specify Code

                          This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helpsensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

                          • Attributes provided: IOP-level mirrored protection
                          • Attributes required: Minimum of 4 (four) disk units
                          • Minimum required: 0
                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                          • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                          • CSU: Yes
                          • Return parts MES: No
                          (#0043) Mirrored System Bus Level, Specify Code

                          This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helpsensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

                          For new systems: The marketing configurator will error onan order if sufficient disk units, and expansion units are not includedon the order to support bus-level mirrored protection for alldisk units. New, preloaded systems will be shipped with bus-levelmirroring enabled.

                          • Attributes provided: RAID-6 Data Protection
                          • Attributes required: RAID-6 capable disk unit controller
                          • Minimum required: 0
                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                          • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                          • CSU: Yes
                          • Return parts MES: No
                          (#0050) IBM Express Seller Indicator

                          This feature is a no-charge feature used for administrative purposesby IBM and IBM Business Partners.

                            http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/iseries/
                            • Attributes provided: None
                            • Attributes required: None
                            • Minimum required: 0
                            • Maximum allowed: 40 (Initial order maximum: 40)
                            • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later
                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                            • CSU: Yes
                            • Return parts MES: No
                            (#0266) Linux Partition Specify

                            This feature number is used to indicate the number of partitions thesystem will have running under Linux.

                            • Attributes provided: None
                            • Attributes required: Customers intend to create a partition on thesystem that will run the IBM i operating system.
                            • Minimum required: 0
                            • Maximum allowed: 40 (Initial order maximum: 40)
                            • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                            • CSU: Yes
                            • Return parts MES: No
                            (#0275) CSC Specify

                            (No Longer Available as of October 12, 2010)

                            Having #0275 on the order, will cause the order content to beinternally routed to the CSC build area in building 114 (Rochester).

                            • Attributes provided: Placement code for IBM Configurator Tools
                            • Attributes required: #5736 PCI-X Disk/Tape Controller
                            • Minimum required: 0
                            • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
                            • OS level required: None
                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                            • CSU: Yes
                            • Return parts MES: No
                            (#0296) Specify Custom Data Protection

                            #0296 specifies that a system has multiple IBM i partitions and thatdata protection schemes should be considered separately for eachpartition instead of only for an overall system level. Each partition'sdata protection scheme can be different or the same.

                            • Attributes provided: N/A
                            • Attributes required: Existing SCSI disk controller port being usedto connect to an EXP24 enclosure
                            • Minimum required: 0
                            • Maximum allowed: 47 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                            • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                            • CSU: Yes
                            • Return parts MES: No
                            (#0308) Mirrored Level System Specify Code

                            This specify code indicates the level of disk protection desired andhelps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

                            For new systems, the marketing configurator will show an error ifsufficient disk units and disk controllers are not included on the orderto support IOA-level mirroring protection. #0308 causes all disk unitsto be placed into configurations capable of IOA-level mirroring. Eachdisk unit and its mirrored pair must be on a different disk controller.

                            Note: The load source disk unit in a new, preloaded system will bedevice-level mirrored (same protection as provided with feature #0040).This means that the load source is controlled by the first disk unitcontroller on the first system bus, and will be mirrored with a like diskunit that is also attached to the same first disk controller on the firstsystem bus.

                            For upgrade orders, #0308 will cause the marketing configurator toshow an error if sufficient disk units and disk controllers are notavailable to provide the capability to enable IOA-level mirroredprotection for all DASD.

                            It is the client's responsibility to start mirroring on their system.

                            • Attributes provided: Connectivity for keyboard, display and mouse
                            • Attributes required: Integrated xSeries Server with NTOperatingSystem, keyboard, display and mouse.
                            • Minimum required: 0
                            • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                            • OS level required: None
                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                            • CSU: Yes
                            • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                            (#0347) RAID Hot Spare Specify

                            #0347 is a specify code that indicates to IBM configuration tools andto IBM Manufacturing that RAID-5 or RAID-6 disk arrays should be furtherprotected using the IBM i function of RAID hot spare. If specified, IBMwill ship a configuration which has at least one stand-by disk drive foreach disk controller in the system or designated partition. The customermay alter the hot spare configuration selecting different options oncethe system is installed.

                            • Attributes provided: N/A
                            • Attributes required: N/A
                            • Minimum required: 0
                            • Maximum allowed: 60 (Initial order maximum: 60)
                            • OS level required: None
                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                            • CSU: Yes
                            • Return parts MES: No
                            (#0349) V.24/EIA232 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable

                            (No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002).

                            This feature provides a 50-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.24 ora EIA232 electrical connection interface.

                            • Attributes provided: N/A
                            • Attributes required: N/A
                            • Minimum required: 0
                            • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 250)
                            • OS level required: None
                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                            • CSU: Yes
                            • Return parts MES: No
                            (#0354) V.35 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable

                            (No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002).

                            This feature provides a 50-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.35electrical connection interface.

                            • Attributes provided: N/A
                            • Attributes required: N/A
                            • Minimum required: 0
                            • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                            • OS level required: None
                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                            • CSU: Yes
                            • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                            (#0359) X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

                            This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a X.21electrical connection interface.

                            • Attributes provided: N/A
                            • Attributes required: N/A
                            • Minimum required: 0
                            • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                            • OS level required: None
                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                            • CSU: Yes
                            • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                            (#0365) V.24/EIA232 (80-Ft) PCI Cable

                            (No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002).

                            This feature provides a 80-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a v.24electrical connection interface.

                            • Attributes provided: N/A
                            • Attributes required: N/A
                            • Minimum required: 0
                            • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
                            • OS level required: None
                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                            • CSU: Yes
                            • Return parts MES: No
                            (#0368) V.24/EIA232 20-Ft. PCI Cable with M3

                            This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.24 oran EIA232 electrical interface with M3 attachment screws. For Germany.

                            • Attributes provided: N/A
                            • Attributes required: Ordered machine type-model UPS.
                            • Minimum required: 0
                            • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                            • OS level required: None
                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                            • CSU: Yes
                            • Return parts MES: No

                              Note: Available only when ordered with 19-inch feature code rack onan MES order.

                            (#0374) HMC Factory Integration Specify

                            Used in manufacturing to ensure that an HMC ordered from IBM under aseparate machine type/model is associated with the system order and isshipped concurrently.

                            • Attributes provided: N/A
                            • Attributes required: Ordered machine type-model display.
                            • Minimum required: 0
                            • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                            • OS level required: None
                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                            • CSU: Yes
                            • Return parts MES: No

                              Note: Available only when ordered with 19-inch feature code rack onan MES order.

                            (#0376) Reserve Rack Space for UPS

                            Used in manufacturing to reserve 1 EIA of rack space in the bottom ofthe rack for later client installation of a UPS.

                            • Attributes provided: 1 EIA rack space reserved.
                            • Attributes required: Ordered rack feature.
                            • Minimum required: 0
                            • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                            • OS level required: None
                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                            • CSU: Yes
                            • Return parts MES: No

                              Note: Available only when ordered with 19-inch feature code rack onan MES order.

                            (#0378) Reserve Rack Space for Display

                            Used in manufacturing to reserve 1 EIA of rack space in the middle ofthe rack for later client installation of an HMC rack-mounted displaysuch as the 7316.

                              www.ibm.com/systems/power/ hardware/cbu
                              • Attributes provided: 512MB memory for Integrated xSeries Server
                              • Attributes required: One memory slot on Integrated xSeries Server
                              • Minimum required: 0
                              • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                              • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                              • CSU: Yes
                              • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                              (#0447) 1GB DDR Server Memory

                              1 GB DDR memory for an Integrated xSeries Server.

                              • Requests that IBM deliver the system to the customer according to theslot in drawer hardware placement defined by the account team.
                              • Eliminates the need to have these parts relocated in the customersenvironment as may happen if the order is placed without this featurecode.
                              • Client placement specifications are collected using the SystemPlanning Tool (SPT) and processed through the marketing configurator.(Use of the SPT is not required).
                              • Requires account team to submit the output of the marketingconfigurator into IBM manufacturing via the CSP Web site: (US BusinessPartners and Distributors can bypass this step.)
                              • Attributes provided: I/O component placement
                              • Attributes required: Marketing Configurator output submitted to theCSP Web site. (US Business Partners and Distributors can bypass thisstep.)
                              • Minimum required: 0
                              • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                              • OS level required: None
                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                              • CSU: N/A
                              • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                              (#0462) SSD Placement Indicator - CEC

                              This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator forplacement and it is not selectable.

                              • Attributes provided: None
                              • Attributes required: None
                              • Minimum required: 0
                              • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                              • OS level required: None
                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                              • CSU: N/A
                              • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                Note: #0464 is used with #5886

                              (#0464) SSD Placement Indicator - 5886

                              This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator forplacement and it is not selectable.

                              • Attributes provided: None
                              • Attributes required: None
                              • Minimum required: 0
                              • Maximum allowed: No Maximum (Initial order maximum: 250)
                              • OS level required: n/a
                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                              • CSU: N/A
                              • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                              (#0533) IBM i 5.4 w/ V5R4M5 Specify Code

                              This feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBM ioperating system is specified.

                              • Attributes provided: IBM i 6.1 indicator
                              • Attributes required: IBM i operating system
                              • Minimum required: 0
                              • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                              • OS level required: IBM i V6R1 with V6R1M0 Machine Code, or later.
                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                              • CSU: Yes
                              • Return parts MES: No
                              (#0551) 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack

                              Provides a 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack with 36 EIA units of totalspace for installing rack mounted CECs and/or expansion units. One ofthe following features are required on the #0551:

                              • #0599 - Rack Filler Panel Kit
                              • #6580 - Optional Rack Security Kit
                              • #7840 - Side-By-Side for 1.8m Racks
                              • #7841 - Ruggedize Rack Kit

                              The #0551 can support up to eight PDUs, four mounted vertically andfour mounted horizontally. Each PDU mounted horizontally takes up 1 EIAof rack space. The following PDUs are supported:

                              • #6069 - Optional Front Door for 2.0m Rack
                              • #6247 - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit
                              • #6249 - 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors

                              The #0553 can support up to nine power distribution units (PDU), fourmounted vertically and five mounted horizontally. Each PDU mountedhorizontally takes up 1 EIA of rack space. The following PDUs aresupported:

                              • Attributes provided: 19 inch, 1.3M, 25 EIA Rack
                              • Attributes required: None
                              • Minimum required: 0
                              • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                              • OS level required: None
                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                              • CSU: Yes
                              • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                              (#0566) - IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 Machine Code Specify Code

                              This feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBM iis specified.

                              • Attributes provided: IBM i 7.1 indicator
                              • Attributes required: IBM i operating system
                              • Minimum required: 0
                              • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 9999)
                              • OS level required:
                                • #3156 - 1.75m RIO-2 Cable
                                • #3168 - 2.5m RIO-2 Cable
                                • #3146 - 1m RIO-2 Cable
                                • #3147 - 3.5m RIO-2 Cable
                                • #3148 - 10m RIO-2 Cable
                                • #1485 - 15m RIO-2 Cable

                                For each I/O tower/unit select one of the following SPCN cables:

                                • Attributes provided: 7 PCI slots and 12 disk positions
                                • Attributes required: RIO-2 interface
                                • Minimum required: 0
                                • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
                                • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                • CSU: Yes
                                • Return parts MES: No
                                (#0599) Rack Filler Panel Kit

                                Provides rack filler panels for IBM 19-inch racks. The #0599 providesthree 1-EIA -unit filler panels and one 3-EIA-unit filler panel. Theseare snap-on panels.

                                • Attributes provided: None
                                • Attributes required: At least one #5294 or the sharing ofa#5294/#8094(top unit) with another system.
                                • Minimum required: 0
                                • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code or later
                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                • CSU: Yes
                                • Return parts MES: No
                                (#0696) #5096 Equivalent

                                #0696 is used by the marketing configurator to keep track of whichunits within a #5296 are connected to this system.

                                For each #5296 ordered, the marketing configurator will add two #0696specify codes. #0696s maybe added to, or deleted from system inventoryrecords, but at least one #0696 must exist for each #5296 on theinventory records. If an existing #5296 is to be shared between twosystems, one #0696 must be removed from the system that the #5296 wasordered against, and one #0696 must be added to the other sharing system.These adds and deletes are done as record purpose only (RPO) changes.

                                • Attributes provided: System unit(s) are shipped with no disk unitsplaced inside.
                                • Attributes required: Alternate load source specified
                                • Minimum required: 0
                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                • CSU: Yes
                                • Return parts MES: No
                                (#0720) Load Source in #0595

                                #0720 Specifies that i5/OS load source disk drive is placed in a #0595I/O Expansion Unit.

                                • Attributes provided: External load source placement capability
                                • Attributes required: DASD Slot 1 open in #5094/#5294 tower
                                • Minimum required: 0
                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                • CSU: Yes
                                • Return parts MES: No
                                (#0725) Specify Load Source in #5786

                                #0725 Specifies that load source disk drive is placed in a #5786 DiskEnclosure.

                                • Attributes provided: External load source placement capability
                                • Attributes required: Available SAS drive bay in #5802/#5803 ora SSD (#2055)in #5802/#5877 I/O expansion unit.
                                • Minimum required: 0
                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                • OS level required: N/A
                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                • CSU: Yes
                                • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                (#0727) Specify #5886 Load Source placement

                                #0727 Specifies that Load/Source DASD are placed in an EXP 12S SASDASD drawer.

                                • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later.
                                • AIX 6.1 or later.
                                • IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later
                                • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later.
                                • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later.
                                • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                              • CSU: Yes
                              • Return parts MES: No
                              (#0728) - Specify #5887 Load Source placement

                              #0728 Specifies that Load/Source DASD are placed in an EXP24S SFFGen2-bay Drawer.

                              • Attributes provided: None
                              • Minimum required: 0
                              • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                              • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                              • CSU: Yes
                              • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                              (#0834) #4326 Load Source Specify

                              This specify code indicates that a #4326 Disk Unit is being used asthe Load Source.

                              • Attributes provided: None
                              • Minimum required: 0
                              • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                              • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                              • CSU: Yes
                              • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                              (#0836) #4328 Load Source Specify

                              (No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

                              This specify code indicates that a #4328 Disk Unit is being used asthe Load Source.

                              • Attributes provided: SAN load source placement specify
                              • Attributes required: Fiber Channel adpater
                              • Minimum required: 0
                              • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                              • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level,or later. AIX 6.1, or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 MachineCode, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWERSystems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER,version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER,version 5.1, or later.
                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                              • CSU: Yes
                              • Return parts MES: No
                              (#0838) #3676 Load Source Specify

                              Indicates that a #3676 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

                              • Attributes provided: None
                              • Attributes required: feature #3677
                              • Minimum required: 0
                              • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                              • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                              • CSU: Yes
                              • Return parts MES: No
                              (#0840) #3678 Load Source Specify

                              Indicates that a #3678 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

                              • Attributes provided: None
                              • Minimum required: 0
                              • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                              • OS level required: IBM i 6.1, or later
                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                              • CSU: Yes
                              • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                              (#0844) #3658 Load Source Specify

                              Indicates that a #3658 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

                              • Attributes provided: None
                              • Attributes required: Feature #1884
                              • Minimum required: 0
                              • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                              • OS level required:
                                • Attributes provided: None
                                • Attributes required: #1888
                                • Minimum required: 0
                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                • OS level required:
                                  • Attributes provided: None
                                  • Attributes required: Feature #1909
                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                  • OS level required: IBM i 6.1, or later.
                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                  • CSU: Yes
                                  • Return parts MES: No
                                  (#0855) #3587 Load Source Specify

                                  (No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

                                  • IBM i 5.4.5, or later
                                  • No AIX support
                                  • No Linux support
                                  • No Red Hat support
                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                • CSU: Yes
                                • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                (#0871) - #1947 Load Source Specify

                                This specify code indicates that a #1947 Disk Unit is being used asthe Load Source.

                                • Attributes provided: None
                                • Attributes required: Feature #1956
                                • Minimum required: 0
                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                • OS level required: n/a
                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                • CSU: N/A
                                • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                (#0876) - #1794 Load Source Specify

                                This specify code indicates that a #1794 Disk Unit is being used asthe Load Source.

                                • Attributes provided: None
                                • Attributes required: None
                                • Minimum required: 0
                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                • OS level required: None
                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                • CSU: N/A
                                • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                (#1025) Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use

                                Modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters.Maximum of two per adapter. Select this cable for use with your modem ifthere is not another cable feature that is identified as specific to yourcountry.

                                • USB 2.0
                                • RDX docking station
                                • Suitable for backup and restore as an alternative to using tapedrives
                                • Attributes provided: USB Internal Docking Station
                                • Attributes required: One internal USB port and at least one RDX diskcartridge such as #1106, #1107 or #EU01. Requires HH bay in system unit.Cannot be installed concurrently with a tape drive in the HH bay.
                                • Minimum required: 0
                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                • OS level required:
                                  • USB 2.0
                                  • RDX docking station
                                  • Suitable for backup and restore as an alternative to using tapedrives
                                  • Attributes provided: USB External Docking Station, 3M USB cable, and1.8M power cord. Universal Adapter 100-240 VAC, 50-60Hz input providing15W DC output to the docking station.
                                  • Attributes required: One USB port and at least one RDX diskcartridge such as #1106, #1107 or #EU01.
                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
                                  • OS level required:
                                    • Attributes provided: 160 GB RDX rugged disk/cartridge
                                    • Attributes required: One #1103 or #1104
                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 250)
                                    • OS level required:
                                      • Attributes provided: 500 GB RDX rugged disk/cartridge
                                      • Attributes required: One #1103 or #1104
                                      • Minimum required: 0
                                      • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 250)
                                      • OS level required:
                                        • Attributes provided: Customization
                                        • Attributes required: None
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                        • OS level required: None
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                        (#1311) System Unique Identifier

                                        (No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

                                        After 255 scratch installs, the system ID counter wraps and a newsystem ID must be created. Feature #1311 can be ordered as an MES toregenerate a customer's system ID.

                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                        • Attributes required: None
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                        • OS level required: None
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                        (#1413) 125V 4.3m (14-Ft) Line Cord

                                        (No Longer Available as of April 15, 2005)

                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                        • Attributes required: None
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                        • OS level required: None
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                        (#1415) 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Watertight Line Cord

                                        (No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                        • Attributes required: None
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                        • OS level required: None
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                        (#1417) 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Watertight Line Cord

                                        (No Longer Available as of January 15, 2003)

                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                        • Attributes required: None
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                        • OS level required: None
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                        (#1419) 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord Israel
                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                        • Attributes required: None
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                        • OS level required: None
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                        (#1421) 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord CH/DK
                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                        • Attributes required: None
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                        • OS level required: None
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                        (#1425) 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Watertight Line Cord

                                        (No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002).

                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                        • Attributes required: None
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                        • OS level required: None
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                        (#1427) 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Watertight Line Cord

                                        (No Longer Available as of January 15, 2005)

                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                        • Attributes required: None
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                        • OS level required: None
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                        (#1440) 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Denmark

                                        (No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                        • Attributes required: None
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                        • OS level required: None
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                        (#1442) 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Swiss

                                        (No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                        • Attributes required: None
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                        • OS level required: None
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                        (#1445) 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Israel

                                        (No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                        • Attributes required: None
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                        • OS level required: None
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                        (#1450) 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU 2-PH

                                        (No Longer Available as of October 15, 2004)

                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                        • Attributes required: None
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                        • OS level required: None
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                        (#1452) 200V (14-Ft) 4.3m Line Cord
                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                        • Attributes required: None
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                        • OS level required: None
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                        (#1454) 200V 12A (14-Ft) 4.3m TL Line Cord
                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                        • Attributes required: None
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                        • OS level required: None
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                        (#1456) 200V (14-Ft) 4.3m Watertight Line Cord
                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                        • Attributes required: None
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                        • OS level required: None
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                        (#1458) 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Upper Locking Cord

                                        (No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                        • Attributes required: None
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                        • OS level required: None
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                        (#1460) 3m Copper RIO Cable

                                        (No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

                                        This feature provides a 3m RIO cable for use in connecting a tower/CECunit with a RIO port to a tower/CEC unit with a RIO port.

                                        • Attributes provided: N/A
                                        • Attributes required: N/A
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
                                        • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                        (#1462) 15m RIO Cable

                                        (No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

                                        This feature provides a 15m RIO cable for use in connecting atower/CEC unit with an RIO port to a tower/CEC unit with an RIO port.

                                        • Attributes provided: N/A
                                        • Attributes required: N/A
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: 19 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                        • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                        (#1474) 6m RIO to RIO-2 Cable

                                        This feature provides a 6m RIO to RIO-2 Cable for use in connecting atower/CEC unit with an RIO port to a tower/CEC unit with an RIO-2 port.

                                        • Attributes provided: N/A
                                        • Attributes required: N/A
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
                                        • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                        (#1476) 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK
                                        • Attributes provided: N/A
                                        • Attributes required: N/A
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                        • OS level required: None
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                        (#1485) Remote I/O Cable, 15M

                                        (No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

                                        This 15-meter RIO-2 cable is available to connect the processorcomplex and the I/O drawers. It can also be utilized to connect I/Odrawers mounted in separate racks.

                                        • Attributes provided: One RIO to RIO-2 cable
                                        • Attributes required: One RIO port and one RIO-2 port
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
                                        • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                        • CSU: Yes
                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                        (#1700) IPCS Keyboard/Mouse for NT

                                        This feature provides a keyboard and mouse for use on the IXS which isrequired for running the Windows operating system. Note some IXS cansupport USB keyboards, the keyboard provided with this feature is astandard attached keyboard, not a USB attached keyboard.

                                        • Attributes provided: 177 GB of formatted drive storage mounted in aSFF Gen2 carrier
                                        • Attributes required: One Gen2 SFF SAS drive bay
                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                        • Maximum allowed: 288 (Initial order maximum: 250)
                                        • OS level required:
                                          • Attributes provided: 177 GB of formatted drive storage mounted in aSFF Gen2 carrier
                                          • Attributes required: One Gen2 SFF SAS drive bay
                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                          • Maximum allowed: 288 (Initial order maximum: 250)
                                          • OS level required:
                                            • Attributes provided: System (serial) port conversion for UPSattachment
                                            • Attributes required: Integrated CEC system (serial) port.
                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                            • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                            • OS level required: None
                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                            • CSU: Yes
                                            • Return parts MES: No
                                            (#1828) 1.5 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable

                                            (No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

                                            This cable is a 12X channel to 4X channel converter. It supportsattaching a 4X channel device to a 12X channel adapter. It is a 1.5meter long copper cable. This cable has a one 4X channel connector andone 12X channel connector.

                                            • Attributes provided: 0.6 Meter 12X cable
                                            • Attributes required: none
                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                            • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
                                            • OS level required: None
                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                            • CSU: Yes
                                            • Return parts MES: No
                                            (#1830) 1.5 Meter 12X cable

                                            (No Longer Available as of October 30, 2009)

                                            This 1.5 Meter cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/Odrawers in a 12X channel loop.

                                            Select the 12X cable length, from those offered that best meets yourcabling needs. This cable can be attached to I/O Drawer adapters with orwithout repeaters.

                                            Note: Substitute appropriate cable length SDR/DDRfeature 1861, 1862, 1864, or 1865 after October 30, 2009)

                                            • Attributes provided: 8.0 Meter 12X Cable
                                            • Attributes required: none
                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                            • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
                                            • OS level required: None
                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                            • CSU: Yes
                                            • Return parts MES: No
                                            (#1840) 3.0 Meter 12X Cable

                                            (No Longer Available as of October 30, 2009)

                                            This 3 Meter cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12Xchannel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawersin a 12X channel loop.

                                            Select the 12X cable length, from those offered that best meets yourcabling needs.

                                            Note: Substitute appropriate cable length SDR/DDRfeature 1861, 1862, 1864, or 1865 after October 30, 2009)

                                            • Attributes provided: 12X channel to 4X channel conversion cable
                                            • Attributes required: 12X channel adapter
                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                            • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                            • OS level required: None
                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                            • CSU: Yes
                                            • Return parts MES: No
                                            (#1842) 10 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable

                                            (No Longer Available as of December 31, 2009)

                                            This cable is a 12X channel to 4X channel converter. It supportsattaching a 4X channel device to a 12X channel adapter. It is a 10 meterlong copper cable. This cable has a one 4X channel connector and one 12Xchannel connector.

                                              (No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

                                              This feature provides a cable that connects the system's OperatorPanel to the DASD backplane. Used on a Deskside system with 3.5' DASD.

                                              • Attributes provided: see feature #1956
                                              • Attributes required: see feature #1956
                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                              • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                              • OS level required:
                                                • Attributes provided: 12X channel to 4X channel conversion cable
                                                • Attributes required: 12X channel adapter
                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
                                                • OS level required: None
                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                (#1856) Op Panel Cable for Deskside System w/2.5' DASD

                                                (No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

                                                This feature provides a cable that connects the system's operatorpanel to the DASD backplane. Used on a deskside system with 2.5' DASD.

                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                • OS level required: None
                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                (#1861) 0.6 Meter 12X DDR Cable

                                                (No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

                                                When used with a 24-inch rack mount I/O drawer, this 0.6 Meter DDRcable is used as a jumper between the two halves of the I/O Drawer whenboth halves are included in the same 12X loop.

                                                • Attributes provided: 1.5 Meter 12X DDR cable
                                                • Attributes required: none
                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
                                                • OS level required: None
                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                (#1864) 8.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable

                                                (No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

                                                This 8 Meter DDR cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/Odrawers in a 12X channel loop.

                                                  This 3 Meter DDR cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/Odrawers in a 12X channel loop.

                                                  Select the 12X DDR cable length from those offered that best meetsyour cabling needs and the cable length restrictions for yourapplication.

                                                  • Attributes provided: see feature #1917
                                                  • Attributes required: see feature #1917
                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                  • OS level required:
                                                    • Attributes provided: see feature #1947
                                                    • Attributes required: see feature #1947
                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                    • OS level required:
                                                      • Attributes provided: see feature #1925
                                                      • Attributes required: see feature #1925
                                                      • Minimum required: 0
                                                      • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                      • OS level required:

                                                          (No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

                                                          This feature provides a cable that connects the system's OperatorPanel to the DASD backplane. Used on a Rack-mount drawer with 3.5' DASD.

                                                            (No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

                                                            This feature provides a cable that connects the system's operatorpanel to the DASD backplane. Used on a rack-mount drawer with 2.5' DASD.

                                                            • Form Factor: SSF SAS compliant (2.5' x 15mm form factor)
                                                            • Cable included: None
                                                            • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
                                                            • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
                                                            • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
                                                            • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible withreformat.
                                                            • No IBM i support
                                                            • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, orlater
                                                            • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, orlater
                                                            • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, orlater
                                                            • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later
                                                            • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, orlater
                                                            • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, orlater
                                                            • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, orlater
                                                            • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later
                                                            • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems or later.
                                                            • Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER version 4.5 or later.
                                                            • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER version 5.1 or later.
                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                          • Return parts MES: No

                                                            Note: The CEC Max for SFF SAS disk is 8.

                                                          (#1883) 73.4 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive

                                                          (No Longer Available as of April 29, 2011)

                                                          73.4 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swapsupport. Provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industrystandard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to supportthe SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

                                                          Characteristics:

                                                          • Cable included: None
                                                          • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
                                                          • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
                                                          • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
                                                          • Format: 512 Bytes/sector
                                                          • No IBM i support
                                                          • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, orlater
                                                          • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, orlater
                                                          • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, orlater
                                                          • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later
                                                          • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, orlater
                                                          • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, orlater
                                                          • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, orlater
                                                          • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later
                                                          • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems or later.
                                                          • Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER version 4.5 or later.
                                                          • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER version 5.1 or later.
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: No

                                                          Note: The CEC Max for SFF SAS disk is 8.

                                                        (#1884) 69.7 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive

                                                        (No Longer Available as of April 29, 2011)

                                                        69.7 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swapsupport. Provides 69.7 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industrystandard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to supportthe SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

                                                        Characteristics:

                                                      • Cable included: None
                                                      • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
                                                      • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
                                                      • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
                                                      • Format: 528 Bytes/sector
                                                        • IBM i 6.1
                                                        • No AIX support
                                                        • No Linux support
                                                        • No Red Hat support
                                                    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                    • CSU: Yes
                                                    • Return parts MES: No

                                                      Note: The CEC Max for SFF SAS disk is 8.

                                                    • (#1885) 300GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

                                                      (No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

                                                      300GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swapsupport. The disk supports the industry standard SAS interface. Systemsthat accept SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier accommodate this SAS disk.

                                                      Characteristics:

                                                    • Cable included: None
                                                    • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
                                                    • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
                                                    • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
                                                    • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible withreformat.
                                                    • Attributes provided: 300GB of Disk Storage mounted in a carrier
                                                    • Attributes required: one SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                    • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
                                                    • OS level required:
                                                      • 8 is the combined SFF SAS disk Max in the CEC.
                                                      • Up to 18 SFF SAS disk per #5802
                                                      • 0 quantity for IBM i
                                                      • VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later
                                                    • (#1886) 146GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

                                                      146.8 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swapsupport. Provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industrystandard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to supportthe SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

                                                      Characteristics:

                                                    • Cable included: None
                                                    • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
                                                    • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
                                                    • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
                                                    • Format: 512 Bytes/sector
                                                    • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
                                                    • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                    • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
                                                    • OS level required:
                                                      • 8 is the combined SFF SAS disk Max in the CEC.
                                                      • Up to 18 SFF SAS disk per #5802
                                                      • 0 quantity for IBM i
                                                      • VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later
                                                    • (#1887) - Quantity 150 of #1793

                                                      (No Longer Available as of May 31, 2017)

                                                      This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1793 177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC(AIX/Linux) units. The configurator may either generate this feature orallow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSDunit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

                                                      • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level, or later
                                                      • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, orlater
                                                      • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, orlater
                                                      • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, orlater
                                                      • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level, or later
                                                      • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 3, orlater
                                                      • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 6, orlater
                                                      • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, orlater
                                                      • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
                                                      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 1 or later
                                                      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 or later
                                                      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.6 or later
                                                      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 or later
                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                  • Return parts MES: No

                                                    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02 or later

                                                  • (#1888) 139GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)

                                                    (No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

                                                    139 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swapsupport. Provides 139 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industrystandard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to supportthe SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

                                                    Characteristics:

                                                  • Cable included: None
                                                  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
                                                  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
                                                  • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
                                                  • Format: 528 Bytes/sector
                                                  • Attributes provided: 139 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
                                                  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                  • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
                                                  • OS level required:
                                                    • The CEC Max for SFF SAS disk is 8.
                                                    • 0 System Max for AIX
                                                    • 0 System Max for Linux
                                                    • VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later
                                                  • (#1890) 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive

                                                    (No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

                                                    The 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 69.7 GB of very highperformance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with theirdelays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning diskto rotate under the arm. SSD also provide lower power utilization thanspinning or hard disk drives (HDD). The drive is formatted to 69.7 GBand can be used by AIX, Linux (#1890) and IBM i (#1909). Both areidentical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBMconfiguration tools understand how the SSD is used.

                                                    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level andService Pack 9, or later.
                                                    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level andService Pack 7, or later.
                                                    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level andService Pack 4, or later.
                                                    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, orlater.
                                                    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9,or later.
                                                    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5,or later.
                                                    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4,or later.
                                                    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later.
                                                    • IBM i - Not Supported
                                                    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later.
                                                    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 5 for POWER, or later.
                                                    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 Update 1 for POWER, or later.
                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                • Return parts MES: No

                                                  Note: A Max of 8 supported in CEC (#8346) and may not be mixed onsame backplane with SAS SFF disk. Up to 18 supported in each #5802 andmay not mix with SFF SAS disk. VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 orlater supported. AIX and Linux system Max is 80.

                                                • (#1905) 4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

                                                  The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC typeexternal fiber connector that provides single initiator capability overan optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fibercabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speedlocal and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate forthe highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps,2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances upto 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supportedbetween the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used withIBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distancesup to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4Gbps data rates.

                                                  The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used toattach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches.If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use ofan LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 MicronFiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

                                                  There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one forperformance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may belimited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize HighBandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximumquantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-endnetwork cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is moreimportant than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximumquantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

                                                  Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additionalsupported server attachment information for IBM devices.

                                                  http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/ products_pseries.html

                                                  Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner foradditional information relative to any third party attachment.

                                                  • Connector - standard SAS dual port
                                                  • 3Gb/sec SAS device (300 MB/sec)
                                                  • 528 bytes sectors Power System
                                                  • Attributes provided: 69.7 GB of formatted drive storage mounted in aSFF carrier
                                                  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS drive bay in the 8203-E4A or8204-E8A CEC or available SFF SAS bay in #5802 or #5803. SAS Disk andSSD on same backplane is not supported.
                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
                                                  • OS level required:
                                                    • Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel
                                                    • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 2.0 slot
                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                    • Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                    • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWERSystems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, orlater. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                    • CSU: Yes
                                                    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                      Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux.

                                                      System maximum of 50 under AIX or Linux.

                                                      Not supported under IBM i.

                                                    (#1912) PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

                                                    The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#1912) is a 64-bit3.3-volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSIapplications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides twoSCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.). EachSCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSIdevice or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attachedUltra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB persecond on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable ofsupporting Ultra320 speeds.

                                                    In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB persecond and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes LowVoltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To utilize the 320 MBper second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVDdevices; however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on thesame bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speedsingle-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE)performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SEbus data rate of the device.

                                                    Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracketallowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A 0.3meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can beused with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection tothe VHDCI connector on the PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

                                                    Two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSIexternal subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages forverification of connectivity support with this adapter.

                                                    The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#1912) is a native bootadapter. The adapter also supports target mode.

                                                    Limitations:

                                                    • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systemsthat support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with thisadapter) and external SCSI devices
                                                    • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot orPCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                    • Maximum allowed: 58 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                    • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWERSystems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, orlater. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                    • CSU: Yes
                                                    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                      Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux. System maximumof 58 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

                                                    (#1917) - 146GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

                                                    (No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

                                                    146GB SFF 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) mounted in Gen-2carrier and supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24SGen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

                                                    Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers due to physicaldifference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

                                                    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level, or later
                                                    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, orlater
                                                    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, orlater
                                                    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, orlater
                                                    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level, or later
                                                    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 3, orlater
                                                    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 6, orlater
                                                    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, orlater
                                                    • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
                                                    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 10 Service Pack 3, or later
                                                    • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 1, or later
                                                    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.6 for POWER, or later
                                                    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 for POWER, or later
                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                  • Return parts MES: No

                                                    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02, or later

                                                  (#1925) - 300GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

                                                  (No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

                                                  300GB SFF 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux). Supported in SFFSAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk isformatted for 512 byte sectors.

                                                  Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC dueto physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

                                                  • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level, or later
                                                  • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, orlater
                                                  • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, orlater
                                                  • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, orlater
                                                  • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level, or later
                                                  • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 3, orlater
                                                  • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 6, orlater
                                                  • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, orlater
                                                  • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
                                                  • SUSE Linux Enterprise 10 Service Pack 3, or later
                                                  • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 1, or later
                                                  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.6 for POWER, or later
                                                  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 for POWER, or later
                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                • Return parts MES: No

                                                  Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02, or later

                                                • (#1947) - 139GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)

                                                  (No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

                                                  139GB SFF 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i) Supported in SFF SASbays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formattedfor 528 byte sectors.

                                                  Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC dueto physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

                                                  • AIX - not supported
                                                  • IBM i 6.1 with Machine Code 6.1.1
                                                  • IBM i 7.1, or later
                                                  • SUSE Linux not - supported
                                                  • Red Hat Linux not - supported
                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                • (#1954) 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter

                                                  The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base -TX PCI-X adapter is a full height PCI-X1.0a Ethernet adapter which supports four Gigabit ports on a singleadapter, delivers increased bandwidth for slot-constrained servers, andis designed to provide high connectivity and reliability using twointegrated, dual-port Gigabit Ethernet controllers.

                                                  • Attributes provided: Four 10/100/1000 RJ-45 ports
                                                  • Attributes required: One available PCI-X card slot
                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                  • Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWERSystems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, orlater. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux.

                                                    System maximum of 50 under AIX or Linux

                                                    Not supported by IBM i.

                                                  (#1956) - 283GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)

                                                  (No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

                                                  283GB SFF 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux. Supported in SFFSAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk isformatted for 528 byte sectors.

                                                  Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or CEC due tophysical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

                                                  • AIX - not supported
                                                  • IBM i 6.1 with Machine Code 6.1.1
                                                  • IBM i 7.1, or later
                                                  • SUSE Linux not - supported
                                                  • Red Hat Linux not - supported
                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                • (#1958) - Quantity 150 of #1794

                                                  (No Longer Available as of May 31, 2017)

                                                  This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1794 177GB SSF-2 SSD w/ eMLC(IBM i) units. The configurator may either generate this feature orallow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSDunit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

                                                  • AIX - not supported
                                                  • IBM i 6.1 with machine code 6.1.1, or later
                                                  • IBMi 7.1, or later
                                                  • SUSE - not supported
                                                  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux - not supported
                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                • (#1968) 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

                                                  The 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSIinterface speed of up to 320 MBps.

                                                  Characteristics:

                                                  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
                                                  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                  • Maximum allowed: 672 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWERSystems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, orlater. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                  (#1969) 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

                                                  The 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

                                                  Characteristics:

                                                  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
                                                  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                  • Maximum allowed: 384 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWERSystems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, orlater. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                  (#1970) 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

                                                  The 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSIinterface speed of up to 320 MBps.

                                                  Characteristics:

                                                  • Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
                                                  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                  • Maximum allowed: 384 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWERSystems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, orlater. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                  (#1971) 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

                                                  The 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSIinterface speed of up to 320 MBps.

                                                  Characteristics:

                                                  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
                                                  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                  • Maximum allowed: 384 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWERSystems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, orlater. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                  (#1972) 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

                                                  The 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

                                                  Characteristics:

                                                  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
                                                  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                  • Maximum allowed: 384 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWERSystems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, orlater. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                  (#1973) 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

                                                  The 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSIinterface speed of up to 320 MBps.

                                                  Characteristics:

                                                  • Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
                                                  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                  • Maximum allowed: 384 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWERSystems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, orlater. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                  (#1977) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter

                                                  The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data,short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connectorthat provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiberlink or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, thisadapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local andremote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter willauto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) ofwhich the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 metersrunning at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps datarate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch.When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supportinglong-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running ateither 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-XAdapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means ofFibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC typefiber onnector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable(#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

                                                  Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additionalsupported server attachment information for IBM devices.

                                                  http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/ products_pseries.html

                                                  Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner foradditional information relative to any third party attachment.

                                                  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connection toa Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
                                                  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux. System maximumof 32 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

                                                  (#1979) IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

                                                  The IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full DuplexGigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components.This adapter can be configured to run at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps datarates. The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI-X bus andconnects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair(UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager(NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapterconforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter alsosupports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

                                                  Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bitPCI-X card slot.

                                                  Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex(HDX) mode.

                                                  • Hardware Description
                                                    • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
                                                    • Rectangular clipping
                                                    • 2 analog monitor outputs at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
                                                    • 1 analog monitor output at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
                                                    • 1 digital monitor output at up to 1600 x 1200 resolution
                                                    • 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)
                                                  • APIs Supported
                                                    • Attributes provided: Provides highend bandwith for networking
                                                    • Attributes required: Supported on PCI-X slots only
                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                    • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWERSystems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, orlater. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                    • CSU: Yes
                                                    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                      Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux.

                                                      System maximum of 16 under AIX or Linux.

                                                      Not supported by IBM i.

                                                    (#1982) IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter

                                                    Offers 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections over amaximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm single-mode fiber optic cable. Theadapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9umsingle-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector type forconnecting into net-work infrastructure components like 10 GigabitEthernet switch/router with SC connectors.

                                                      The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#1983)should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O cardslot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance intoconsideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter PlacementReference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor andmaximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TXEthernet PCI-X Adapter (#1979) is the preferred solution.

                                                      Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

                                                      Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex(HDX) mode.

                                                        The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5707) should beconsidered where maximum port density is required per I/O car slot. Fora suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance intoconsideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter PlacementReference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor andmaximum throughput is required, the single port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SXPCI-X Adapter (#5700) is the preferred solution.

                                                        Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

                                                        Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter incorporatesan LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factorconnector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiberoptic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connectornetwork, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

                                                        Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

                                                        • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
                                                        • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: 27 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                        • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWERSystems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, orlater. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                          Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux. System maximumof 27 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

                                                        (#1987) 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter

                                                        The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands anddata into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. Theadapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offloadfunction eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts.Adapter uses Small form factor LC type fiber optic connector.

                                                        • Attributes provided: Attachment of multiple hosts to the PCI SCSI-2differential adapter
                                                        • Attributes required: 1 external SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Port
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                        (#2118) Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M

                                                        0.3M 16-bit SCSI cable used to convert from a Mini-68 pin VHDCIconnector to a 68-pin P style connector. Cable has male Mini-68 pinVHDCI connector on one end and a female 68 pin P style connector on theother. Length = 0.3 meters.

                                                        • Attributes provided: Interface to Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 91)
                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                        (#2125) Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 3 Meter

                                                        (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

                                                        Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 3 Meter for I/O Drawer attachment.

                                                        • Attributes provided: Attachment to Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 91)
                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                        (#2127) Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 10 Meter

                                                        (No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

                                                        Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 10 meters for attachment to I/O drawer.

                                                        • Attributes provided: Attachment to Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 91)
                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                        (#2138) 0.55 Meter Ultra 320 SCSI Cable

                                                        (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

                                                        Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 0.55 Meter for I/O Drawer attachment.

                                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                                        • Attributes required: Indicates clients intend to use the IBM ioperating system on the primary system partition.
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                        (#2146) Primary OS - AIX

                                                        Indicates clients intend to use the AIX operating system on theprimary system partition. This feature is used as a ManufacturingRouting indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.

                                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                                        • Attributes required: Indicates clients intend to use the Linuxoperating system on the primary system partition.
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                        (#2424) 0.6M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable

                                                        This cable provides a 16-bit connection between any two differentialor single ended SCSI devices having 68-pin connectors. It can be used toattach an external SCSI device to a SCSI adapter card in an RS/6000system.

                                                        • Attributes provided: 2.5 meter SCSI cable with 68-pin connectors ateach end
                                                        • Attributes required: 68-pin SCSI Interface
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                        (#2456) LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

                                                        The 50 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC typeconnectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one endand a female SC type connector on the other.

                                                        • Attributes provided: Cable with (1X) LC type plug and (1X) SC typereceptacle
                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                        (#2728) 4 port USB PCIe Adapter

                                                        (No Longer Available as of July 31, 2017)

                                                        The PCI-Express 4 port USB adapter provides support for USB devices.In applications that require the use of an USB extension cable, useone FC 4256 per port.

                                                        • No IBM i support
                                                        • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level
                                                        • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level andService Pack 10
                                                        • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level andService Pack 7
                                                        • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level andService Pack 5
                                                        • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level
                                                        • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 7
                                                        • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 3
                                                        • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 or later,
                                                        • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.6 or later, and
                                                        • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 or later
                                                      • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                      • CSU: Yes
                                                      • Return parts MES: No

                                                        Note:

                                                      • Maximum of 3 supported in CEC or system under AIX or Linux.
                                                      • IBM i not supported.
                                                      • AIX only supports USB 1.1
                                                      • Feature 2728 requires system firmware level EM340 or later.
                                                      (#2738) 2-Port USB PCI Adapter

                                                      (No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

                                                      The 2 Port USB PCI Adapter is a USB 2.0 capable adapter that providesfor the connection of one USB keyboard and mouse.

                                                      Limitation: Limited to USB 1.1 support with AIX

                                                      • Minimum required: 0
                                                      • Maximum allowed: 36 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                      • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later
                                                      • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                      • CSU: Yes
                                                      • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                        Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 36 under IBM i. Notsupported under AIX or LInux.

                                                      (#2757) PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controller

                                                      This feature is a PCI-X SCSI controller with a maximum compressedwrite cache of 757MB. The #2757 provides RAID-5 protection for internaldisks and also supports internal tape units, internal CD/ DVD-ROM andinternal DVD-RAM units.

                                                      The #2757 has four LVD SCSI buses that support up to 20 internal diskunits.

                                                      Hardware data compression is not supported.

                                                      In addition to providing RAID-5 protection for disks, the #2757 isalso a high-performance controller for disks protected by systemmirroring or disks with no data protection.

                                                      A minimum of three disk units of the same capacity are needed for avalid RAID-5 configuration. A maximum of six arrays are allowed percontroller, with a maximum of 18 disk units allowed per array. All diskunits in an array must be of the same capacity.

                                                      Parity is spread across either two, four, eight, or sixteen disk unitsin an array. If an array of three disk units is started, parity isspread across two disk units. If an array of four to seven disk units isstarted, parity is spread across four disk units. If an array of eightto fifteen disk units is started, parity is spread across eight diskunits. If an array of sixteen to eighteen disk units is started, parityis spread across sixteen disk units.

                                                      The number of arrays and size of each array can be influenced byspecifying an optimization of either balance, performance, or capacity inOperations Navigator when starting arrays. An optimization of balance isthe default when starting arrays from the green screens. If disk unitsare included into an existing array, parity may be spread across lessthan the preferred number of disk units. In this case the RAID functionmust be stopped and started to redistribute the parity.

                                                      The #2757 can also control up to two internal removable media devices(tape, CD-ROM, DVD-ROM/RAM).

                                                        Note: This controller does not support DASD compression.

                                                        • #2456 -- LC-SC Adapter Kit (50um) can be ordered, both on initial,model upgrades, and simple MES orders. This optional kit is used toattach SC-type 50 micron fiber cables to a #2787. This kit contains a 2mLC-ST cable and ST-SC adapter for 50 micron fibre cables.
                                                        • #2459 - LC-SC Adapter Kit (62.5um) can be ordered, both on initial,model upgrades, and simple MES orders. This optional kit is used toattach SC-type 62.5 micron fiber cables to a #2787. This kit contains a2m LC-ST cable and ST-SC adapter for 62.5 micron fibre cables.

                                                        An optics cleaning kit and instruction sheet is shipped with the#2787. The customer must supply all Fibre Channel cables for thiscontroller.

                                                        • Attributes provided: Support for up to four PCI adapters
                                                        • Attributes required: One 3V PCI slot (either short or long)
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: 72 (Initial order maximum: 72)
                                                        • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: No

                                                          Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 72 under IBM i. Notsupported under AIX or Linux.

                                                        (#2847) PCI IOP for SAN Load Source

                                                        (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

                                                        Provides the specialized function required to attach IBM i operatingsystem load source via a fibre channel adapter and boot from that loadsource. With IBM i 6.1, #2847 PCI IOP for SAN Load Source supportsmultipath for the i5/OS load source disk unit, along with supportingmultipath for all other logical units (LUNs) attached to this IOP. Aminimum of two IOPs are required for enabling redundancy. See theRedbook, 'iSeries and TotalStorage: A Guide to Implementing externaldisk on IBM eServer i5 -SG24-7120', for more information.

                                                        • Hardware Description
                                                          • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
                                                          • Rectangular clipping
                                                          • 2 analog monitor outputs at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
                                                          • 1 analog monitor output at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
                                                          • 1 digital monitor output at up to 1600 x 1200 resolution
                                                          • 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)
                                                        • APIs Supported
                                                          • The total number of Graphics Adapters in any one partition may notexceed four.
                                                        • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics
                                                        • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
                                                        • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWERSystems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, orlater. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: No

                                                          Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux.

                                                          System maximum of 8 under AIX or Linux.

                                                          Not supported by IBM i.

                                                        (#2877) IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable

                                                        (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

                                                        This cable provides the capability to interconnect adapters thatprovide H.100 bus connectors. This 4-position cable should be used whenfour or less adapters with H.100 connectors will be interconnected. Whenmore than 4 and less than or equal to 8 adapters will be connected, theH.100 Bus 8-Drop Cable (#4353) should be used.

                                                        • #1010 Modem Cable - Austria
                                                        • #1011 Modem Cable - Belgium
                                                        • #1012 Modem Cable - Africa
                                                        • #1013 Modem Cable - Israel (supported only, not orderable)
                                                        • #1014 Modem Cable - Italy
                                                        • #1015 Modem Cable - France
                                                        • #1016 Modem Cable - Germany
                                                        • #1017 Modem Cable - UK
                                                        • #1018 Modem Cable - Iceland/Sweden
                                                        • #1020 Modem Cable - HK/NZ
                                                        • #1021 Modem Cable - Fin/Nor
                                                        • #1022 Modem Cable - Netherlands
                                                        • #1023 Modem Cable - Swiss
                                                        • #1024 Modem Cable - Denmark
                                                        • #1025 Modem Cable - US/Canada

                                                        Select one of the following cables to attach to port 1(RVX port):

                                                        • #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable

                                                        The #2893 does not support the remote ring indicate function.

                                                        • AIX - not supported
                                                        • IBM i 5.4 with 5.4.5 machine code or later li.SUSE LINUX EnterpriseServer 10 SP 1 for POWER Systems or later
                                                        • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER Version 5.2 or later
                                                      • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                      • CSU: Yes
                                                      • Return parts MES: No
                                                      • (#2934) Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232

                                                        The Asynchronous Printer/Terminal Cable is used for attachingprinters, plotters, and terminals that support the EIA-232 standard toany asynchronous adapter. This cable is the equivalent of thecombination of FC 2936 (modem cable) and FC 2937 (printer/terminalinterposer) and replaces this method of printer/terminal attachment.

                                                        This cable is 3m (9.8 feet) long, uses DB25 connectors and issupported on all RS/6000 systems using any asynchronous ports. It is isused in conjunction with :

                                                        • Attributes provided: EIA232 device attachment capability
                                                        • Attributes required: Any RS/6000 Asynchronous port
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                        (#2936) Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24

                                                        Used to attach a modem to the standard I/O ports with the 10-pin to25-pin converter cable (#3925), 8-port Cable Assembly, 16-Port CableAssembly, 16-Port Asynchronous Concentrator (with RJ-45 to DB-25Converter Cable feature #6402) or the 16-Port EIA-232 Remote Async Node(with RJ45 to DB25 Converter Cable feature #8133). The cable is 3 meters(9.8 feet) in length.

                                                        • Attributes provided: 8 Async ports
                                                        • Attributes required: One PCI slot
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 18)
                                                        • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: No

                                                          Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX.

                                                          System maximum of 18 allowed under AIX.

                                                          Not supported by IBM i or Linux.

                                                        (#2947) IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter

                                                        The IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Selectable PCI Adapter (#2947) is aone-slot, standard length, 32-bit PCI card. The adapter provides 4-Portsof: EIA-232, EIA530, RS-449, X.21, or V.35. Each port will supportspeeds of up 2.0M bps. Software support is provided by ARTIC960 Supportfor AIX Developer's Kit.

                                                        • Attributes provided: V.24 Cable
                                                        • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                        (#2952) Cable, V.35

                                                        V.35 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximumof two cables per #2962.

                                                        • Attributes provided: V.36 Cable
                                                        • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                        (#2954) Cable, X.21

                                                        X.21 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximumof two cables per #2962.

                                                        • X.21 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, X.21 (#2954)
                                                          • CCITT V.24 Signalling
                                                          • CCITT V.28 Electrical
                                                          • CCITT X.21bis Electrical and Signalling
                                                          • EIA-232-C Electrical and Signalling
                                                          • ISO 2110 Connector for DCE side of an V.24 VHSI Modem Cable
                                                        • V.35 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.35 (#2952)
                                                          • CCITT V.10 Electrical
                                                          • CCITT V.11 Electrical
                                                        • Attributes provided: Two high speed WAN connections
                                                        • Attributes required: One PCI slot
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                        • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                          Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX.

                                                          System maximum of 20 under AIX.

                                                          Not supported by IBM i or Linux.

                                                        (#3124) Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer

                                                        This 3.7 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connectionbetween the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted withinthe same rack. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

                                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                        (#3146) RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 1.2M

                                                        (No Longer Available as of January 7, 2011)

                                                        This 1.2-meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable connects two RIO-2 based I/O planars within an I/O drawer.

                                                        • Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O drawers
                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                        (#3148) RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 10M

                                                        (No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

                                                        This 10 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable is available to connect theprocessor complex and the I/O drawers. It can also be utilized toconnect I/O drawers mounted in separate racks.

                                                        • Attributes provided: 1.75M RIO-2 Cable
                                                        • Attributes required: I/O Drawer and two RIO-2 connectors on thesystem CEC.
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                        (#3168) RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cbl, 2.5M

                                                        (No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

                                                        This 2.5 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable is utilized to connect RIO-2based I/O planars and I/O drawers to the system CEC.

                                                        • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
                                                        • Cable included: No
                                                        • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
                                                        • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
                                                        • Average Seek Time: 4.82 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
                                                        • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
                                                        • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
                                                        • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

                                                        Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supportedUltra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSIcable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any andall other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3,or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320MBps.

                                                        • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
                                                        • Cable included: No
                                                        • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
                                                        • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
                                                        • Average Seek Time: 4.82 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
                                                        • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
                                                        • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
                                                        • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

                                                        Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supportedUltra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSIcable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any andall other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3,or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320MBps.

                                                        • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
                                                        • Cable included: No
                                                        • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
                                                        • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
                                                        • Average Seek Time: 4.94 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
                                                        • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
                                                        • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
                                                        • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

                                                        Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supportedUltra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and allother SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, orUltra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

                                                        • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
                                                        • Cable included: No
                                                        • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
                                                        • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
                                                        • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
                                                        • Average Latency: 2 ms
                                                        • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
                                                        • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

                                                        Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supportedUltra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and allother SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, orUltra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

                                                        • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
                                                        • Cable included: No
                                                        • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
                                                        • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
                                                        • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
                                                        • Average Latency: 2 ms
                                                        • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
                                                        • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

                                                        Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supportedUltra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and allother SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, orUltra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

                                                        • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
                                                        • Cable included: No
                                                        • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
                                                        • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
                                                        • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
                                                        • Average Latency: 2 ms
                                                        • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
                                                        • Maximum Data Transfer Rate:107 MBps

                                                        Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supportedUltra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and allother SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, orUltra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

                                                        • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HDconnectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
                                                        • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SASI/O drawer
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
                                                        • OS level required: n/a
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                        (#3451) - SAS YO Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

                                                        This 6 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure.This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (HighDensity)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectorattaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. BothMini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a#5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gbthroughput.

                                                        Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cablelength that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/Odrawer.

                                                        • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HDconnectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
                                                        • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SASI/O drawer
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
                                                        • OS level required: n/a
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                        (#3453) - SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

                                                        This 10 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure.This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (HighDensity)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectorattaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. BothMini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a#5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gbthroughput.

                                                        Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cablelength that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/Odrawer.

                                                        • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS adapter withMini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
                                                        • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SASI/O drawer
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
                                                        • OS level required: n/a
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                        (#3455) - SAS X Cable 6m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure

                                                        This 6 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/Oenclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (HighDensity) connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HDconnectors attaches to two SAS adapters such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SASAdapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer(enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. Thiscable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

                                                        Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cablelength that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/Odrawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of thecable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/Odrawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and theother adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in asupported Power System CEC.

                                                        • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS adapter withMini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
                                                        • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SASI/O drawer
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
                                                        • OS level required: n/a
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                        (#3457) - SAS YO Cable 15m - HD 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure

                                                        This 15 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/Oenclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (HighDensity)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HDconnector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SASAdapter or #ESA1/ESA2 PCIe2 RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SASconnectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 3Gb throughput.

                                                        Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose thecable length that best matches the distance between the adapter andthe SAS I/O drawer.

                                                        • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS adapter withMini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
                                                        • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers andSAS I/O drawer
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                        (#3578) 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

                                                        The 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSIinterface speed of up to 320 MBps.

                                                        Characteristics:

                                                        • Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
                                                        • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: 384 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                        • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWERSystems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, orlater. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                          Note:

                                                        • 384 is combined total for features 3273, 3277, 3274, 3278, 3279,3275, 3578 and 3585.
                                                        • This feature may not be placed in the CEC.
                                                        • 96 of this feature can be placed in 12 x 7311-D20. 288 can be placedin 12 x #5786/#5787.
                                                        (#3585) 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

                                                        The 300 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSIinterface speed of up to 320 MBps.

                                                        Characteristics:

                                                        • Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage
                                                        • Attributes required: one disk drive bay
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: 384 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                        • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWERSystems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, orlater. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                          Note:

                                                        • 384 is combined total for features 3273, 3277, 3274, 3278, 3279,3275, 3578 and 3585.
                                                        • This feature may not be placed in the CEC.
                                                        • 96 of this feature can be placed in 12 x 7311-D20. 288 can be placedin 12 x #5786/#5787.
                                                        (#3586) 69GB 3.5' SAS Solid State Drive

                                                        (No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

                                                        The 69GB 3.5' SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 69.7 GB of veryhigh performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives withtheir delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinningdisk to rotate under the arm. SSD also provide lower power utilizationthan spinning or hard disk drives (HDD). The drive is formatted to 69.7GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#3586) and IBM i (#3587). Both areidentical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBMconfiguration tools understand how the SSD is used.

                                                        • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, orlater
                                                        • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, orlater
                                                        • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, orlater
                                                        • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later
                                                        • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, orlater
                                                        • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, orlater
                                                        • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, orlater
                                                        • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later
                                                        • IBM i - Not Supported
                                                        • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10, Service Pack 2 or later
                                                        • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later
                                                        • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.2 or later
                                                      • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                      • CSU: Yes
                                                      • Return parts MES: No

                                                        Note: Each #5886 supports up to eight #3586 SSD and the remaining 4slots must remain empty. There is no support in the CEC.

                                                      • (#3587) 69GB 3.5' SAS Solid State Drive

                                                        (No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

                                                        The 69GB 3.5' SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 69.7 GB of veryhigh performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives withtheir delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinningdisk to rotate under the arm. SSD also provide lower power utilizationthan spinning or hard disk drives (HDD). The drive is formatted to 69.7GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#3586) and IBM i (#3587). Both areidentical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBMconfiguration tools understand how the SSD is used.

                                                        • Attributes provided: 69.7GB of formatted drive storage mounted in a3.5' carrier
                                                        • Attributes required: One 3.5-inch SAS drive bay slot in the #5886EXP 12S SAS Disk Drawer or 8234-EMA/9117-MMA CEC
                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                        • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
                                                        • OS level required:
                                                          • Black color
                                                          • Minimum 533mm (21 inch) diagonal LCD digital screen
                                                          • Maximum native resolution of 1680 x 1050 (widescreen format 1.6:1)
                                                          • Can display traditional resolutions (1024x768 and 1280x1024) withoutstretching
                                                          • Tilt, swivel, and height stand adjustments
                                                          • Industry standard analog input (15-pin D) and a DVI to VGA converter
                                                          • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
                                                          • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                          • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
                                                          • OS level required: None
                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                          • Return parts MES: No

                                                          Note: Not supported in Mainland China.

                                                          (#3636) L200P Flat Panel Monitor

                                                          The L200p flat-panel monitor has the following generalcharacteristics:

                                                            Both the T541H and L150p monitors have the following generalcharacteristics:

                                                            • Business black color
                                                            • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm(17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264mm pixelpitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
                                                            • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
                                                            • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
                                                            • Analog or digital connection
                                                            • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
                                                            • Internal power
                                                            • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
                                                            • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
                                                            • Width: 400.0 mm (15.7 in.)
                                                            • Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.)
                                                            • Viewing angle: Vertical 170 degrees; horizontal 170 degrees
                                                            • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical)
                                                            • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
                                                            • Two removable cables: one analog and one digital
                                                            • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
                                                            • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                            • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                            • OS level required: None
                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                            • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                            (#3640) ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor

                                                            The ThinkVision L171p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following generalcharacteristics:

                                                            • Business black color
                                                            • 15.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm(15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297mm pixelpitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
                                                            • Maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 (XGA)
                                                            • Tilt adjustable stand
                                                            • Analog connection
                                                            • Internal power
                                                            • Depth (w/stand): 144 mm (6.67 inches)
                                                            • Height (max w/stand): 361 mm (14.2 inches
                                                            • Width: 362 mm (14.2 inches)
                                                            • Weight: 2.9 kg (6.4 lbs)
                                                            • Contrast ratio: 400:1 (typical)
                                                            • Brightness: 250cd/m2 (typical)
                                                            • Viewing angles (H/V): 130 degrees/100 degree
                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                            • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                            • OS level required: None
                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                            • Return parts MES: No
                                                            (#3642) ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor

                                                            The ThinkVision L191p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following generalcharacteristics:

                                                            • Business black color
                                                            • 20.1-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 511 mm(20.1 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.255 mm pixelpitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
                                                            • Maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 (UXGA)
                                                            • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
                                                            • Analog and digital connections
                                                            • Internal power
                                                            • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
                                                            • Height (max w/stand): 416.6 mm (16.5 inches)
                                                            • Width: 445.6 mm (17.5 inches)
                                                            • Weight: 7.5 kg (16.5 lbs)
                                                            • Contrast ratio: 700:1 (typical)
                                                            • Brightness:300cd/m2 (typical)
                                                            • Viewing angles(H/V): 178 degrees/178 degrees
                                                            • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
                                                            • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
                                                            • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
                                                            • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                            • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                            • OS level required: None
                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                            • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                            (#3644) IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor

                                                            (No Longer Available as of July 31, 2009)

                                                            The IBM T119 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following generalcharacteristics:

                                                            • Business black color
                                                            • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm(17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264 mm pixelpitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
                                                            • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 (SXGA)
                                                            • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
                                                            • Analog and digital connections
                                                            • Internal power
                                                            • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
                                                            • Height (max w/stand): 395.5 mm (15.6 inches)
                                                            • Width: 375.4 mm (14.8 inches)
                                                            • Weight: 5.8 kg (12.8 lbs)
                                                            • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical)
                                                            • Brightness: 300cd/m2 (typical)
                                                            • Viewing angles (H/V): 140 degrees/130 degrees
                                                            • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
                                                            • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
                                                            • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
                                                            • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                            • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
                                                            • OS level required: None
                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                            • Return parts MES: No
                                                            (#3646) 73 GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

                                                            (No Longer Available as of November 28, 2008)

                                                            73.4 GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capableof providing Hot Swap support. Provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity.Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in adrawer/system designed to support the SAS interface.

                                                            Characteristics:

                                                            • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
                                                            • Cable included: No
                                                            • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
                                                            • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
                                                            • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
                                                            • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible withreformat.
                                                            • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of Disk Storage mounted in a carrier
                                                            • Attributes required: one SAS Drive Slot
                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                            • Maximum allowed: 294 (Initial order maximum: 294)
                                                            • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWERSystems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, orlater. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                            • Return parts MES: No

                                                              Note: 294 is combined total for FC 3636, 3647, 3648, and 3649.

                                                            (#3648) 300GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

                                                            (No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

                                                            300 GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capable ofproviding Hot Swap support. Provides 300 GB of storage capacity.Supports the industry standard SAS SCSI interface. Can be used only in adrawer/system designed to support the SAS SCSI interface.

                                                            Characteristics:

                                                            • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
                                                            • Cable included: No
                                                            • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
                                                            • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
                                                            • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
                                                            • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with re-format.
                                                            • Attributes provided: 450GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
                                                            • Attributes required: one SAS disk drive bay
                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                            • Maximum allowed: 294 (Initial order maximum: 250)
                                                            • OS level required:
                                                              • Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable
                                                              • Attributes required: Primary SAS Disk drawer properly configured
                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                              • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                              • OS level required: None
                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                              • Return parts MES: No
                                                              (#3653) SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M

                                                              (No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

                                                              SAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SASdisk drawer attached to a SAS controller adaper. This cable has one MiniSAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must beattached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attachingdrawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attachingthe connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dualpath configurations. All supported configurations require two of thisfeature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer.The length of this cable is 3 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length tomatch the distance between the two SAS drawers.

                                                              • Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable
                                                              • Attributes required: Primary SAS Disk drawer properly configured
                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                              • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                              • OS level required: None
                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                              • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                              (#3655) SAS HH Cable

                                                              (No Longer Available as of December 31, 2009)

                                                              This cable will connect an internal media device with a 4x standardSAS connector to a system unit embedded controller. The cable has astandard 4x SAS connector on one end and a 1x SAS and 4-pin powerconnector (arranged 2x2) on the other.

                                                              • Attributes provided: Internal 267 mm long SAS cable
                                                              • Attributes required: None
                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                              • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                              • OS level required: None
                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                              • Return parts MES: No
                                                              (#3657) - Right Angle SAS Tape Drive Cable

                                                              (No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

                                                              This cable will connect an internal media device with a 4x standardSAS connector to a system unit embedded controller. The cable has aright angle 4x SAS connector on one end and a 1x SAS and 4-pin powerconnector (arranged 2x2) on the other.

                                                              • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
                                                              • Cable included: No
                                                              • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
                                                              • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
                                                              • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
                                                              • Format: 528 Bytes/sector default, 512 B
                                                              • Attributes provided: 428GB SAS disk storage mounted in a carrier.
                                                              • Attributes required: one SAS disk drive bay
                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                              • Maximum allowed: 294 (Initial order maximum: 250)
                                                              • OS level required:
                                                              • IBM i 6.1 or later
                                                              • No AIX support
                                                              • No linux support
                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                              • Return parts MES: No
                                                              (#3661) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 3M

                                                              This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controlleradapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach betweentwo SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controlleradapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable hasfour Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectorsattach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed forENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode.Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching theconnectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS(X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and theSAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 2.5 meterslong.

                                                              • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS controller adaptersand a SAS disk drawer
                                                              • Attributes required: two SAS controller adapters and a SAS diskdrawer
                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                              • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                              • OS level required: None
                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                              • Return parts MES: No
                                                              (#3663) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 15M

                                                              This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controlleradapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach betweentwo SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controlleradapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable hasfour Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectorsattach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed forENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode.Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching theconnectors on this cable. This cable is 15 meters long, choose the SAS(X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and theSAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 14.5 meterslong.

                                                              • Attributes provided: Cable
                                                              • Attributes required: DASD Backplane with External SAS Port(#8345/#8346/#8310), SAS Cable (AI) - 1M (#3679), and one of thefollowing SAS controllers: #5900, #5901 or #5912
                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                              • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                              • OS level required: None
                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                              • Return parts MES: No
                                                              (#3674) SAS Cable, DASD Backplane to Rear Bulkhead

                                                              (No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

                                                              This SAS cable connects the DASD Backplane with External SAS Port(#8345) to the rear bulkhead of the system and allows for connection ofexternal SAS EXP 12S (#5886) to the system.

                                                              • Attributes provided: 69.7GB Disk Unit
                                                              • Attributes required: Disk Unit Slot and a SAS Disk Unit Controller
                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                              • Maximum allowed: 294 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                              • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later
                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                              • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                                Note:

                                                              • 294 is combined total for features 3676, 3677 and 3678.
                                                              • Six of this feature can be placed in the CEC. 288 can be placed in24 x #5886.
                                                              (#3677) 139.5GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)

                                                              (No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

                                                              Provides a 15,000 RPM, 3.5-inch disk unit with 139.5GB capacity and aSerially Attached SCSI (SAS) interface. #3677 is mounted in a carrierand hot swap is supported.

                                                              • Attributes provided: 283.7GB Disk Unit in a carrier
                                                              • Attributes required: one SAS drive slot
                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                              • Maximum allowed: 294 (Initial order maximum: 250)
                                                              • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later
                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                              • Return parts MES: No

                                                                Note:

                                                              • 294 is combined total for features 3676, 3677 and 3678.
                                                              • Six of this feature can be placed in the CEC. 288 can be placed in24 x #5886.
                                                              (#3679) SAS Cable (AI)- 1M

                                                              (No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

                                                              This cable has two Mini SAS 4x plug connectors, and is wired in 4xmode. Both ends are keyed for attachment to an END DEVICE. Connects aSAS Adapter to a bulkhead port for accessing internal SAS disks. Thiscable is 1 meter long.

                                                                • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level, or later
                                                                • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, orlater
                                                                • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, orlater
                                                                • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, orlater
                                                                • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level, or later
                                                                • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 3, orlater
                                                                • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 6, orlater
                                                                • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, orlater
                                                                • AIX requiring service packs will be available on or before January31, 2010.
                                                                • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine code or later
                                                                • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3 or later
                                                                • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 or later
                                                                • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.8 or later
                                                                • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.4 or later
                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                              • Return parts MES: No

                                                                Note: Requires one per paired SAS RAID controller in any combinationof #5904, #5906 or #5908. These controllers can also function as asingle SAS RAID controller without the cable. VIOS attachment requiresVIOS 2.1.2.0 or later

                                                              (#3682) - 6M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)

                                                              The dedicated 2:6 cable connects between the dedicated top port on#5904, #5906 or #5908 for a SAS RAID Dual controller configurationproviding (higher performance) path for all the dual controllercommunication including the mirroring of Write Cache and Parity updatefootprints between the adapters.

                                                              If the cable fails or is disconnected for some reason, then the'traditional' dual controller communication path via the SAS fabric (i.e.through the common disk expanders) is used for the adapter-to-adaptercommunication (mirror Write Cache, Parity Update footprints, etc..).This cable provides higher performance and redundancy. The cable isrequired for dual SAS RAID configuration. It is not required nor usedfor a single SAS RAID adapter (standalone) configuration.

                                                              • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level, or later
                                                              • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, orlater
                                                              • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, orlater
                                                              • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, orlater
                                                              • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level, or later
                                                              • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 3, orlater
                                                              • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 6, orlater
                                                              • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, orlater
                                                              • AIX requiring service packs will be available on or before January31, 2010.
                                                              • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine code or later
                                                              • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3 or later
                                                              • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 or later
                                                              • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.8 or later
                                                              • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.4 or later
                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                            • Return parts MES: No

                                                              Note: Requires one per paired SAS RAID controller in any combinationof #5904, #5906 or #5908. These controllers can also function as asingle SAS RAID controller without the cable. VIOS attachment requiresVIOS 2.1.2.0 or later

                                                            (#3684) SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single path 3M

                                                            This SAS cable (AE) connects a SAS Controller to a media expansiondrawer. This cable can also be used to connect two SAS adapters to a SASdisk drawer in a specific dual controller HA two system JBODconfiguration using two #5912 controllers. Single controller/single pathconnections are supported with this cable only for this specific JBODconfiguration and as such, two #5912 SAS controllers and two (AE style)cables are required for a supported configuration. The two SAS adaptersmust be in different host systems/partitions. This cable has one MiniSAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end wired in 4x mode and one MiniSAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end , wired in 4x mode. Follow thedirections on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on thiscable. This cable is 3 meters long, select the SAS (AE) cable lengththat best matches the distance between the host system and the remote SASdrawer being attached.

                                                            • Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS controller and a mediaexpansion drawer or connection between #5912 SAS controller and a SASdisk drawer in a dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration only
                                                            • Attributes required: SAS media expansion drawer or SAS disk drawer,and a SAS controller adapter
                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                            • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                            • OS level required: None
                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                            • Return parts MES: No
                                                            (#3686) SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5M

                                                            (No Longer Available as of January 7, 2011)

                                                            This SAS cable (YI) connects a single remote SAS drawer to a hostsystem that contains an integrated SAS controller connection. There area limited number of Power System severs that can support thisconfiguration. This cable supports single controller/dual path attachbetween the SAS controller and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has oneMini SAS 4X plug connector on the host end keyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow,wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer endkeyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow both wired in 2x mode. Follow the directionson the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable.This cable is 1.5 meters long, choose the SAS (YI) cable length thatmatches the distance between the host system and the SAS disk drawer.

                                                            • Attributes provided: Connection between host system native SASconnector and a remote SAS drawer
                                                            • Attributes required: Host system with native SAS connector
                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                            • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                            • OS level required: None
                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                            • Return parts MES: No
                                                            (#3688) SAS Cable (AT) 0.6 Meter

                                                            (No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

                                                            This 0.6 Meter SAS Cable (AT) is used to drive the 12X I/O DrawerSmall Form Factor disk using PCIe SAS adapters installed in the drawer.If SFF disk is installed in the 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk, then theremust be at least one SAS AT cable assigned.

                                                            • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HDSA connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
                                                            • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SASI/O drawer. Adapter must be in that same I/O drawer.
                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                            • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
                                                            • OS level required: n/a
                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                            • Return parts MES: No
                                                            (#3691) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5M

                                                            This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controlleradapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach betweenthe SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has oneMini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE,wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer endkeyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow thedirections on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on thiscable. This cable is 1.5 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable lengththat matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

                                                            • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and aSAS disk drawer
                                                            • Attributes required: SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                            • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                            • OS level required: None
                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                            • Return parts MES: No
                                                            (#3693) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 6M

                                                            This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controlleradapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach betweenthe SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has oneMini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE,wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer endkeyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow thedirections on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on thiscable. This cable is 6 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable lengththat matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

                                                            • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and aSAS disk drawer
                                                            • Attributes required: SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                            • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                            • OS level required: None
                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                            • Return parts MES: No
                                                            (#3704) External xSeries Attach

                                                            #3704 is added to an order for each Direct Attached xSeries Serverconnected to the system. The marketing configurators use this code todetermine the number of RIO and SPCN cables required and to insure thatthe number of External xSeries Servers does not exceed the system limit.Each External xSeries Server is cabled with a pair of RIO cables andattached to the SPCN string like all other HSL attached I/O towers.

                                                            • Attributes provided: support for up to 4 PCI IOAs
                                                            • Attributes required: one PCI slot
                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                            • Maximum allowed: 72 (Initial order maximum: 72)
                                                            • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                            • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                              Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 72 under IBM i. Notsupported under AIX or Linux.

                                                            (#3706) DVD-ROM

                                                            This DVD-ROM mounts in a removable media device slot. It can read640MB CD-ROM and 4.7GB DVD-RAM media. #3706 can be used for AlternateIPL (IBM distributed CD-ROM media only) and program distribution.

                                                            • 30GB (up to 60GB with compression in SLR60 format) with IBMSLR60-30GB Data Cartridge (19P4209)
                                                            • 25GB (up to 50GB with compression in MLR3 format) with IBM MLR3-25GBData Cartridge (59H4128)
                                                            • 16GB (up to 32GB with compression in QIC5010 format) with IBMMLR1-16GB Data Cartridge (59H4175)
                                                            • 5GB (up to 10GB with compression in SLR100 format) with IBMSLR100-5GB Data Cartridge (35L0661)
                                                            • 2GB (up to 4GB with compression in QIC5010 format) with IBM MLR1-2GBData Cartridge (35L0589)

                                                            A #3707 is capable of read only support of the following tape formats:

                                                            • Cartridge Capacity (Native) = 30.0GB (1500-ft tape)
                                                            • Cartridge Capacity (Compression) = 60.0GB (1500-ft tape)
                                                            • Data Rate (Native) = 4.0MB/s
                                                            • Data Rate (Compression) = 8.0MB/s
                                                            • Attributes provided: 30GB 1/4-inch tape device
                                                            • Attributes required: half height, autodocking removable media bayand a disk controller in place to interface to this media bay.
                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                            • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                            • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                            • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                              Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 18 under IBM i. Notsupported under AIX or Linux.

                                                            (#3708) 50GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape

                                                            Mounted in a removable media device slot of a system unit or anexpansion tower, these tape units may be used for save/restore, alternateIPL, program distribution, migration and 1/4-inch cartridge tapeexchange.

                                                            Will READ/WRITE:

                                                            • 16GB (up to 32GB with compression in QIC5010 format) with IBMMLR1-16GB Data Cartridge (59H4175)
                                                            • 4GB (QIC4GB format) with SLR5-4GB data Cartridge (59H3660)
                                                            • 2GB (up to 4GB with compression in QIC5010 format) with IBM MLR1-2GB

                                                            Specifications for the primary recording format:

                                                            • For 8203-E4A (#3742)
                                                              • Attributes provided: 9-Pin to 25-Pin connectivity
                                                              • Attributes required: None
                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                              • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
                                                              • OS level required: None
                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                              • Return parts MES: No
                                                              (#3926) Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M

                                                              (No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

                                                              This 4-meter cable and transposer (2 parts) allows external asyncdevices such as printers or terminals to be attached directly to the9-pin serial port. Thisis equivalent to using #3925 in combination with#2934.

                                                              • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                              • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                              • OS level required: None
                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                              • Return parts MES: No
                                                              (#3928) Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M

                                                              This 10 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null Modem Serial cable allows twoEIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another withoutgoing through a modem.

                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                (#4256) Extender Cable-USB KEYB1.8

                                                                This feature provides a 2M extension cable for use with USB keyboards.

                                                                • Attributes provided: VGA to DVI connection converter
                                                                • Attributes required: VGA device and graphics adapter with DVIconnector.
                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                • Maximum allowed: 250 (Initial order maximum: 9999)
                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                (#4287) Memory Offering, 32GB (Multiples of 4 of 2x4GB DIMMs)

                                                                (No Longer Available as of October 24, 2008)

                                                                Each occurrence of this feature delivers 2 each 4GB Dimms for a totalof 8GB of Memory (667 MHz, 1Gb DRAM). This is a special priced featurethat can only be ordered in multiples of 4. The minimum result being 32GB of memory in 8 (4GB) dimms. This feature must be ordered inquantities of 4. No other order quantities will be accepted.

                                                                Note: MES orders for feature number xxxx are available only forauthorized IBM Business Partners certified for participation in the IBMSolution Delivery Integration (SDI) Program.

                                                                • Attributes provided: Memory
                                                                • Attributes required: DIMM slots
                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
                                                                • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1, or later
                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                (#4319) 35.16GB 10k rpm Disk Unit

                                                                #4319 is a 10k rpm disk unit with 35.16GB capacity and an Ultra2 SCSIinterface.

                                                                • Attributes provided: 35.16GB disk unit
                                                                • Attributes required: Disk unit slot and a disk unit controller
                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                • Maximum allowed: 558 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later
                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                (#4327) 70.56GB 15k rpm Disk Unit

                                                                (No Longer Available as of February 3, 2009)

                                                                #4327 is a 15k rpm disk unit with 70.56GB capacity and an Ultra320SCSI interface.

                                                                • Attributes provided: 141.12GB disk unit
                                                                • Attributes required: Disk unit slot and a disk unit controller
                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                • Maximum allowed: 558 (Initial order maximum: 250)
                                                                • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later
                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                • Return parts MES: No

                                                                  Note:

                                                                • 558 is combined total for features 4328 and 4329.
                                                                • The feature may not be placed in the CEC.
                                                                • 270 of this feature can be placed in 12 x #5094/#5294. 288 can beplaced in 12 x #5786/#5787.
                                                                (#4329) 282.25GB 15k rpm Disk Unit

                                                                (No Longer Available as of February 3, 2009)

                                                                Provides a 15,000 rpm disk unit with 282.25GB capacity and a Ultra-4(Ultra320) SCSI interface.

                                                                • Attributes provided: DVD-RAM
                                                                • Attributes required: Removable media slot in an external I/O tower
                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later
                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                                  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 18 under IBM i. Notsupported under AIX or Linux,

                                                                (#4487) 50GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape

                                                                Mounted in a removable media device slot of an expansion tower, thesetape units may be used for save/restore, alternate IPL, programdistribution, migration and 1/4-inch cartridge tape exchange.

                                                                Will READ/WRITE:

                                                                • 16GB (up to 32GB with compression in QIC5010 format)with IBMMLR1-16GB Data Cartridge (59H4175)
                                                                • 4GB (QIC4GB format) with SLR5-4GB Data Cartridge (59H3660)
                                                                • 2GB (up to 4GB with compression in QIC5010 format) with IBM MLR1-2GB

                                                                Specifications for the primary recording format:

                                                                • Attributes provided: 1024MB of system memory.
                                                                • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions
                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                (#4521) 2048MB (2x1024MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM

                                                                (No Longer Available as of September 26, 2014)

                                                                Provides 2048MB of system memory with 2 1024MB RDIMMs.

                                                                • Attributes provided: 4096MB of system memory.
                                                                • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions
                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWERSystems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, orlater. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                (#4523) 8192MB (2x4096MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb Stacked DRAM

                                                                (No Longer Available as of September 26, 2014)

                                                                Provides 8192MB of system memory with 2 4096MB stacked RDIMMs.

                                                                • Attributes provided: 16384MB of system memory.
                                                                • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions
                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
                                                                • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                (#4532) 4096MB (2x2048MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 1Gb DRAM

                                                                (No Longer Available as of September 26, 2014)

                                                                Provides 4096MB of system memory with 2 2048MB RDIMMs.

                                                                • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later.
                                                                • AIX 6.1 or later.
                                                                • IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.
                                                                • IBM i 6.1, or later
                                                                • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later.
                                                                • Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, or later.
                                                                • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                              • Return parts MES: No
                                                              • (#4630) DVD-RAM

                                                                This DVD-RAM device reads and writes 4.7GB on single sided media.Double sided media, must be manually flipped. It can also read 640MBCD-ROM media.

                                                                Mounted in a removable media device slot, this feature may be used foralternate IPL, program distribution, and data interchange.

                                                                • Attributes provided: Read/Write of DVD-RAM media, Read onlyofCD-ROM, CD-R and DVD-ROM media
                                                                • Attributes required: Removable media device slot in an I/O tower
                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later
                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                • Return parts MES: No

                                                                  Note: This feature may not be installed in the CEC.

                                                                (#4650) Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated

                                                                This indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device inthis initial order should not be merged into a rack within IBMManufacturing.

                                                                Note: This 'no additional charge' feature will be placed on an initialorder for a rack mountable device by the Configuration Tool when theorder does not include a 19' Rack.

                                                                Note: A rack integration indicator is required on all 19' Rack mountabledevice initial orders. One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 mustbe listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group isnot allowed.

                                                                  For 19' rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountabledevice into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selectionfrom this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected featurecode on the 19' rack order must equal the number of rack mountabledevices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

                                                                    For 19' rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountabledevice into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selectionfrom this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected featurecode on the 19' rack order must equal the number of rack mountabledevices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

                                                                      For 19' rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountabledevice into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selectionfrom this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected featurecode on the 19' rack order must equal the number of rack mountabledevices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

                                                                        For 19' rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountabledevice into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selectionfrom this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected featurecode on the 19' rack order must equal the number of rack mountabledevices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

                                                                          For 19' rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountabledevice into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selectionfrom this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected featurecode on the 19' rack order must equal the number of rack mountabledevices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

                                                                            For 19' rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountabledevice into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selectionfrom this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected featurecode on the 19' rack order must equal the number of rack mountabledevices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

                                                                              For 19' rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountabledevice into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selectionfrom this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected featurecode on the 19' rack order must equal the number of rack mountabledevices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

                                                                                For 19' rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountabledevice into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selectionfrom this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected featurecode on the 19' rack order must equal the number of rack mountabledevices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

                                                                                  For 19' rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountabledevice into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selectionfrom this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected featurecode on the 19' rack order must equal the number of rack mountabledevices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

                                                                                    For 19' rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountabledevice into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selectionfrom this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected featurecode on the 19' rack order must equal the number of rack mountabledevices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

                                                                                      For 19' rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountabledevice into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selectionfrom this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected featurecode on the 19' rack order must equal the number of rack mountabledevices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

                                                                                        For 19' rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountabledevice into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selectionfrom this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected featurecode on the 19' rack order must equal the number of rack mountabledevices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

                                                                                          For 19' rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountabledevice into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selectionfrom this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected featurecode on the 19' rack order must equal the number of rack mountabledevices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

                                                                                            For 19' rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountabledevice into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selectionfrom this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected featurecode on the 19' rack order must equal the number of rack mountabledevices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

                                                                                              For 19' rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountabledevice into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selectionfrom this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected featurecode on the 19' rack order must equal the number of rack mountabledevices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

                                                                                                Usb Driver Windows 7
                                                                                                (#4666) Rack Indicator, Rack #16

                                                                                                When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specifythe sixteenth rack for a multi rack order.

                                                                                                When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicatoris used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system orI/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #16 of a multi rack order.

                                                                                                For 19' rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature codefrom this group is not allowed.

                                                                                                For 19' rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountabledevice into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selectionfrom this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected featurecode on the 19' rack order must equal the number of rack mountabledevices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Attachment of twinaxial devices.
                                                                                                • Attributes required: One PCI slot (3V or 5V)
                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 48)
                                                                                                • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later
                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 50 under IBM i. Notsupported under AIX or Linux.

                                                                                                (#4764) PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)

                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

                                                                                                Provides both cryptographic coprocessor and secure-key cryptographicaccelerator functions in a single PCI-X card. The coprocessor functionsare targeted to banking and finance applications. Financial PINprocessing and Europay, MasterCard, Visa (EMV) credit card functions areprovided. EMV is a standard for integrated-chip based credit cards. Thesecure-key accelerator functions are targeted to improving theperformance of Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) transactions. The #4764provides the security and performance required to support eBusiness andemerging digital signature applications. Host application access to thecryptographic services of the #4764 are via the Common CryptographicArchitecture (CCA) application programming interfaces (APIs) oradditionally via Public-Key Cryptographic Standards (PKCS#11) APIs. Onlyone API can be loaded on a single feature 4764 card.

                                                                                                The #4764 provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in atamper-resistant hardware security module (HSM), which is designed tomeet FIPS 140 security requirements. FIPS 140 is a U.S. GovernmentNational Institute of Standards & Technology (NIST) administered standardand certification program for cryptographic modules.

                                                                                                Feature 4764 PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4) users will beable to down load firmware for AIX from the following URL replacing thefirmware CD previously provided.

                                                                                                Please refer to the following URL for the latest firmwareand software updates:

                                                                                              • Attributes provided:
                                                                                                • One PCI-X card slot per 4764 FC.
                                                                                                • Only one API (CCA or PKCS11 but not both) can be loaded per 4764Feature.
                                                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                              • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
                                                                                              • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.
                                                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                                                              • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                Note: Please validate that software components which provide SSLare enabled to use hardware cryptographic devices through thePKCS#11 or CCA API's. If assistance is needed in determining ifthe device will meet your needs please contact crypto@us.ibm.com.

                                                                                                Note: Maximum of 2 allowed in CEC under AIX or IBM i.

                                                                                                System maximum of 24 under AIX; 8 under IBM i.

                                                                                                Not supported by Linux.

                                                                                              (#4801) PCI Crypto Coprocessor

                                                                                              #4801 provides a rich set of data encryption and authenticationservices for applications requiring high security. Cryptographic keysare stored in a tamper-resistant module on the coprocessor. This featureis ideally suited for banking and financial applications. With thetamper resistant-module the coprocessor can also be used to implementother advanced applications such as electronic postage metering.

                                                                                              Application services provided by the coprocessor include:

                                                                                                For more information, visit:

                                                                                                Option 35 CCA Cryptographic Service Provider is required along withCryptographic Access Provider 128-bit (5722-AC3) licensed program. BothOption 35 and the LPP are no-charge.

                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later
                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                                                                  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 4 under IBM i. Notsupported under AIX or Linux.

                                                                                                (#4807) - PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001

                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of February 27, 2015)

                                                                                                Secure-key adapter provides both cryptographic coprocessor andcryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCIe card. The adapteris well suited to applications requiring high-speed, security-sensitive,RSA acceleration, cryptographic operations for data encryption anddigital signing, secure management, and use of cryptographic keys, orcustom cryptographic applications. It provides secure storage ofcryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security moduledesigned to meet FIPS 140-2 level 4 security requirements. The adapteris a PCIe 4x full height - short card.

                                                                                                #4807, #4808 and #4809 are all feature codes representing the samephysical card with the same CCIN of 4765, but different feature codes areused to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #4807indicates no blind swap cassette. #4808 indicates a Gen 3 blind swapcassette. #4809 indicates a Gen 4 blind swap cassette.

                                                                                                Other IBM PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor adapter highlights

                                                                                                  http://www-03.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/
                                                                                                  • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level
                                                                                                  • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level
                                                                                                  • Linux not supported
                                                                                                  • IBM 7.1, or later
                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                  Note:

                                                                                                  • Integrated Dual processors that operate in parallel for higherreliability
                                                                                                  • Supports IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture or PKCS#11 standand
                                                                                                  • Ability to configure adapter as coprocessor or accelerator
                                                                                                  • Support for smart card applications using Europay, MasterCard andVisa
                                                                                                  • Cryptographic key generation and random number generation
                                                                                                  • PIN processing - generation, verification, translation
                                                                                                  • Encrypt/Dectrypt using AES and DES keys

                                                                                                  Please refer to the following URL for the latest firmware and softwareupdates.

                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Cryptographic Coprocessor and AcceleratorFunctions
                                                                                                • Attributes required: One PCIe Cryptographic CoProcessor card slotper adapter
                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
                                                                                                • OS level required:
                                                                                                  • Max of 2 #4807 per CEC
                                                                                                  • The combine System Max limit for #4807 and #4808 is 10.
                                                                                                  • #4808 System Max is 10 when there are no #4807 in the CEC.
                                                                                                  • A Max of 4 #4808 per #5802 or #5877.
                                                                                                (#4812) PCI Integ xSeries Server

                                                                                                #4812 is a double wide PCI card that contains a 2.0GHz processor with2MB integrated L2 cache. It has two integrated 1000/100/10Mbps ethernetports, two USB 1.1 ports and traditional PC keyboard and mouse ports. Akeyboard and mouse can either connect to the traditional ports or connectto the USB ports. There is an SVGA video port for connection of adisplay.

                                                                                                #4812 has two memory slots. These slots must always contain a pair ofidentical memory features. Available memory features are:

                                                                                                • #0325 IPCS Extension Cable for Windows (for display, mouse and andkeyboard)
                                                                                                • #1700 IPCS Keyboard and Mouse for Windows

                                                                                                Supported Windows versions:

                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Windows server functions
                                                                                                • Attributes required: IOP and two 3.3V PCI card slots
                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                                                                  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 24 under IBM i. Notsupported under AIX or Linux.

                                                                                                (#4813) PCI Integ xSeries Server

                                                                                                #4813 is a double-wide PCI card that contains a 2.0GHz processor with2MB integrated L2 cache. It has two integrated 1000/100/10Mbps Ethernetports, two USB 1.1 ports and traditional PC keyboard and mouse ports. Akeyboard and mouse can connect to either the traditional ports or the USBports. There is an SVGA video port for connection of a display.

                                                                                                The #4813 is a #4812 encased in a double wide blind swap cassette.

                                                                                                #4813 has two memory slots. These slots must always contain a pair ofidentical memory features. Available memory features are:

                                                                                                • #0325 IPCS Extension Cable for Windows (for display, mouse and andkeyboard)
                                                                                                • #1700 IPCS Keyboard and Mouse for Windows

                                                                                                Supported Windows versions:

                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Windows server functions
                                                                                                • Attributes required: IOP and two 3.3V PCI card slots
                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                                                                  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 24 under IBM i. Notsupported under AIX or Linux.

                                                                                                (#5000) Software Preload Required

                                                                                                Indicates that preloaded software and/or consolidated I/O is shippedwith the initial order. A maximum of one (#5000) is supported. Thisfeature has country-specific usage.

                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Customization
                                                                                                • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                (#5002) Customer Solution Center - Rochester Mfg

                                                                                                Indicates that machine is to be routed to the CSC. This feature hascountry-specific usage.

                                                                                                • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                (#5088) PCI-X Expansion Unit

                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of June 1, 2006)

                                                                                                The #5088 is an eight-EIA-unit-high 'top hat' with is installed on topof a #5094 expansion tower. Each #5088 has 14 PCI-X slots for PCI IOPsand IOAs. Disk units and removable media are not supported within a#5088.

                                                                                                Each #5088 has two redundant 575W power supplies and two internalpower connectors that attach to the AC distribution box in the #5094. A#5094 may have one or two line cords, so the #5088 may or may not havedual line cord capability depending on the configuration of the #5094.

                                                                                                If a #5088 is ordered together with a #5094, the #5094 will ship witha #5088 installed on top. The #5088 may also be ordered for fieldinstall on an existing #5074/#5094. A #5088 may not be installed on a#5294 or #5079.

                                                                                                One or two RIO-2 cables must be ordered to attach the #5088 to theRIO-2 ports.

                                                                                                Select the appropriate cable based on the cable length required.

                                                                                                • #1466 - 30m SPCN Cable-supported only
                                                                                                • #6001 - 2m SPCN Cable -supported only
                                                                                                • #6006 - 3m SPCN Cable
                                                                                                • #6007 - 15m SPCN Cable
                                                                                                • #6008 - 6m SPCN Cable
                                                                                                • #6029 - 30m SPCN Cable
                                                                                                • Attributes provided: 14 PCI-X slots
                                                                                                • Attributes required: Two HSL connections
                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 12(Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                (#5094) PCI-X Expansion Tower

                                                                                                The #5094 is an I/O expansion tower that can contain up to 45 diskunits, has 14 PCI slots and two removable media bays.

                                                                                                One bus adapter to provide the RIO-2 interface to the system isrequired with each #5094. Select one of the following:

                                                                                                • #3156 1.75m RIO-2 Cable
                                                                                                • #3168 2.5m RIO-2 Cable
                                                                                                • #3146 1m RIO-2 Cable
                                                                                                • #3147 4m RIO-2 Cable
                                                                                                • #3148 10m RIO-2 Cable

                                                                                                One SPCN cable is required for each #5094. Select from the following:

                                                                                                • #1399 - 4.3m 300V/16A
                                                                                                • #1406 - 200V 16A 14-Ft TL Line Cord
                                                                                                • #6455 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Italy
                                                                                                • #1409 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd AU/NZ
                                                                                                • #1418 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd S Afric
                                                                                                • #1419 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Israel
                                                                                                • #1420 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd EU/Asia
                                                                                                • #1421 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd CH/DK
                                                                                                • #1451 - 200V 6-Ft Line Cord
                                                                                                • #1452 - 200V 14-Ft Line Cord
                                                                                                • #1453 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord
                                                                                                • #1454 - 200V 12A 14-Ft TL Line Cord (U.S. default)
                                                                                                • #1455 - 200V 6-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
                                                                                                • #1456 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
                                                                                                • #1476 - 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK

                                                                                                The 45 disk unit positions are in groups of 15, each group of 15 diskunits is further divided into three groups of five disk units, each groupof five disk units supported on a separate SCSI (LVD-SCSI) bus from a#2757/#2780/#5712 PCI Disk Unit Controller.

                                                                                                The #5094 removable media bays are supported by the same #2757/#2780/#5712 PCI Disk Unit Controller which supports the 5 base disk unitpositions (disk slot positions D31 thru D50).

                                                                                                • #9517 - Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter, to specify two copper HSL-2 ports
                                                                                                • #9876 - Base Optical Bus Adapter, to specify two optical HSL ports

                                                                                                  Note: If ordered for a 9408-M25 or 9409-M50 a #6699 (RIO-2 Bus Adapter)must be ordered instead of a #9517 or #9876.

                                                                                                One or two HSL cables must be ordered with each #5095.

                                                                                                Whenordering cables to connect to the HSL interface, optical HSL, copper HSL,copper HSL-2, or copper HSL to HSL-2 cables are required. An HSL loopuses all optical or all copper ports/cables. A copper loop can intermixI/O towers/units with copper HSL and copper HSL-2 ports. Select theappropriate cable based on the type of HSL ports to which it is beingattached, and the cable length required.

                                                                                                The following HSL cables can be used with a #5095:

                                                                                                • #1474 - 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
                                                                                                • #1475 - 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
                                                                                                • #1487 - 3m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
                                                                                              • Copper HSL-2 (HSL-2 on both ends of the cable)
                                                                                                • #1470 - 6m HSL Optical Cable
                                                                                                • #1471 - 30m HSL Optical Cable
                                                                                                • #1472 - 100m HSL Optical Cable
                                                                                                • #1473 - 250m HSL Optical Cable
                                                                                              • One SPCN cable is required with each #5095. Select one of thefollowing:

                                                                                                • #1394 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Crd Brazil
                                                                                                • #1395 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd China
                                                                                                • #1397 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Crd Argent
                                                                                                • #1398 - 4.3m 100V/10A Pwr Crd Brazil
                                                                                                • #1410 - 200V 6-Ft Line Cord
                                                                                                • #1411 - 200V 14-Ft Line Cord
                                                                                                • #1412 - 125V 6-Ft Line Cord
                                                                                                • #1413 - 125V 14-Ft Line Cord
                                                                                                • #1414 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord
                                                                                                • #1415 - 200V 6-Ft Watertight Line Cord
                                                                                                • #1416 - 200V 14-Ft Locking Line Cord
                                                                                                • #1417 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
                                                                                                • #1422 - 3m IEC 320 C13/14 PDU Cord
                                                                                                • #1438 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd AU/NZ
                                                                                                • #1439 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd EU/Asia
                                                                                                • #1440 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Denmark
                                                                                                • #1441 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd S Africa
                                                                                                • #1442 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Swiss
                                                                                                • #1443 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd UK
                                                                                                • #1444 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Italy
                                                                                                • #1445 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Israel
                                                                                                • #6458 - 14-Ft Int 250V/10A Pwr Cd
                                                                                                • #6460 - 14-Ft 125V/15A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6469 - 14-Ft 250V/15A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6470 - 6-Ft 125V/15A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6471 - 9-Ft 125V/15A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6472 - 9-Ft 250V/16A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6473 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6474 - 9-Ft 250V/13A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6475 - 9-Ft 250V/16A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6476 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6477 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6478 - 9-Ft 250V/16A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6479 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6487 - 6-Ft 250V/15A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6488 - 9-Ft Dual Voltage Pwr Cd
                                                                                                • #6493 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6494 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6495 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6496 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6497 - 6-Ft 250V/15A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6498 - 6-Ft 250V/15A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6651 - 9-Ft 127V/15A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6659 - 9-Ft 240V/15A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6660 - 14-Ft 127V/15A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6669 - 14-Ft 240V/15A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6670 - 6-Ft 125V/15A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6680 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #6687 - 6-Ft 250V/15A Power Cord
                                                                                                • #3156 - 1.75m RIO-2 Cable
                                                                                                • #3168 - 2.5m RIO-2 Cable
                                                                                                • #3146 1m RIO-2 Cable
                                                                                                • #3147 4m RIO-2 Cable
                                                                                                • #3148 10m RIO-2 Cable

                                                                                                One of the following SPCN cables is required for each #5096:

                                                                                                • #1399 - 4.3m 300V/16A
                                                                                                • #1406 - 200V 16A 14-Ft TL Line Cord
                                                                                                • #4655 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Italy
                                                                                                • #1409 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd AU/NZ
                                                                                                • #1418 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd S Afric
                                                                                                • #1419 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Israel
                                                                                                • #1420 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd EU/Asia
                                                                                                • #1421 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd CH/DK
                                                                                                • #1451 - 200V 6-Ft Line Cord
                                                                                                • #1452 - 200V 14-Ft Line Cord
                                                                                                • #1453 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord
                                                                                                • #1454 - 200V 12A 14-Ft TL Line Cord (U.S. default)
                                                                                                • #1455 - 200V 6-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
                                                                                                • #1456 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
                                                                                                • #1476 - 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK
                                                                                                • Attributes provided: 30 additional disk unit slots
                                                                                                • Attributes required: #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower
                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                (#5115) Dual Line Cords - Tower

                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

                                                                                                #5115 is a dual line cord enabler for the upper unit in a #5094 PCI-XExpansion Tower. #5115 includes an additional power supply. Anadditional line cord must be specified.

                                                                                                Plugging in the second line cord, even if to the same outlet, enablesthe AC power modules to be redundant.

                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Dual line cord capability for a single unit ina #5294
                                                                                                • Attributes required: #5294
                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
                                                                                                • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                (#5138) Redundant Power and Cooling

                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

                                                                                                #5138 provides redundant power for the #0595 PCI-X Expansion Towers.#5138 includes a second 435W power supply, and requires that a secondline cord be specified. The second line cord enables dual line cordcapability.

                                                                                                • #1424 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord (supported, not orderable)
                                                                                                • #1425 - 200V 6-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord (supported, not orderable)
                                                                                                • #1426 - 200V 14-Ft Locking Line Cord
                                                                                                • #1427 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
                                                                                                • #1446 - 4.3m 200V/30A Pwr Cd Korea
                                                                                                • #1447 - 4.3m 200V/30A Pwr Cd AU
                                                                                                • #1448 - 4.3m 200V/30A Pwr Cd NZ (supported, not orderable)
                                                                                                • #1449 - 4.3m 200V/32A Pwr Cd EU 1-PH
                                                                                                • #1450 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd EU 2-PH (supported, not orderable)
                                                                                                • #1477 - 4.3m 200V/16A PWR CD
                                                                                                • #3146 1m RIO-2 Cable
                                                                                                • #3147 4m RIO-2 Cable
                                                                                                • #3148 10m RIO-2 Cable

                                                                                                Select two of the following SPCN cables for each #5294:

                                                                                                  The following line cords are supported on a #5294 (two line cordfeatures required):

                                                                                                  • Attributes provided: 28 PCI slots, 90 disk unit positions,fourremovable media bays
                                                                                                  • Attributes required: RIO connections, two to four wall electricaloutlets, at least one #0694 on the inventory records
                                                                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                  • Maximum allowed: 12(Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                  (#5296) 1.8m I/O Tower (no disk)

                                                                                                  The #5296 is a I/O expansion tower that has 28 PCI slots, no disk unitbays, and no removable media bays.

                                                                                                  Each #5296 is essentially two #5096 PCI-X Expansion Towers, with sidecovers and casters removed, placed in a 1.8M rack. Each #5296 counts astwo #5096s towards the system model maximums.

                                                                                                  Two bus adapters, to provide the RIO-2 interfaces to the system, arerequired with each #5296. Select two of the following:

                                                                                                  • #3156 - 1.75m RIO-2 Cable
                                                                                                  • #3168 - 2.5m RIO-2 Cable
                                                                                                  • #3146 1m RIO-2 Cable
                                                                                                  • #3147 4m RIO-2 Cable
                                                                                                  • #3148 10m RIO-2 Cable

                                                                                                  Select two of the following SPCN cables for each #5296:

                                                                                                    Two of the following line cords are required on a #5296:

                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: 28 PCI slots
                                                                                                    • Attributes required: RIO connections, two to four wall electricaloutlets, at least one #0696 on the inventory record
                                                                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                    • Maximum allowed: 12(Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                    • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                    • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                    • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                    (#5524) RFID TAGS FOR SERVERS, BLADES, BLADECENTERS, RACKS, AND HMCS

                                                                                                    The specify feature attaches one Radio Frequency Identification Device(RFID) tag to a Server CEC, rack, HMC, Blade or Bladecenter enclosure.This can be used with MTM (machine type model) rack such as a 7014-T42,not a feature code rack such as a #0553. It applies to newly shipped MTMservers, racks, HMCs, Blades or Bladecenter enclosures, not MES orderswith one exception. POWER5 CECs being upgraded to a POWER6 CEC can orderthis feature. The RFID tag meets the Financial Services TechnologyConsortium (FSTC) specifications for IT Data Center Asset Tracking.

                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: System Console on a WAN Connection
                                                                                                    • Attributes required: WAN IOA, #0367 Operations Console PCI Cable
                                                                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                    • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                    • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                    • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                    (#5548) Sys Console 100Mbps Ethernet

                                                                                                    With #5548, the system console is driven by an Ethernet LAN adapter.Some system unit Ethernet ports are not supported. A 100/ 10MbpsEthernet IOA is required on the system. This LAN adapter must bededicated to console support functions and cannot be used for any otherpurpose.

                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: System Console on Hardware ManagementConsole(HMC)
                                                                                                    • Attributes required: Hardware Management Console (HMC)
                                                                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                    • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                    • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                    • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                    (#5553) Sys Console-Ethernet No IOP

                                                                                                    This specify indicates the use of an embedded CEC LAN port for thesystem console connection using Operations Console (LAN).

                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: Twelve (12) 35GB mirrored disk units
                                                                                                    • Attributes required: PCI slot for disk controller, 12 disk unitslots and #0042 or #0043.
                                                                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                    • Maximum allowed: 45 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                    • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                    • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                    • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                    (#5555) Mirror 70GB Disk/Controller Pkg

                                                                                                    This feature provides a disk unit controller (#2780 equivalent) andtwelve (12) 15k rpm 70GB disk units (#4327 equivalent) for servers doingmirroring. Either #0042 Mirrored System IOP Level or #0043 MirroredSystem Bus Level is a prerequisite.

                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: Twelve 141GB mirrored disk units
                                                                                                    • Attributes required: PCI slot for disk controller, twelve disk unitslots and #0042 or #0043.
                                                                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                    • Maximum allowed: 45 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                    • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                    • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                    • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                    (#5577) 2-core 4.7 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots

                                                                                                    (No Longer Available as of January 4, 2013)

                                                                                                    2-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 processor card. 4MB of L2 cache per core.There are 4 DIMM slots on the processor card. This feature is onlyavailable to SDIs as an MES order.

                                                                                                    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level andService Pack 9, or later.
                                                                                                    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level andService Pack 7, or later.
                                                                                                    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level andService Pack 4, or later.
                                                                                                    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, orlater.
                                                                                                    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9,or later.
                                                                                                    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5,or later.
                                                                                                    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4,or later.
                                                                                                    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later.
                                                                                                    • IBM i 5.4.5 or later
                                                                                                    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later.
                                                                                                    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 5 for POWER, or later.
                                                                                                    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 Update 1 for POWER, or later.
                                                                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                  • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                  • (#5578) One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5577

                                                                                                    (No Longer Available as of September 26, 2014)

                                                                                                    This feature number will activate one processor on a #5577 processorcard.

                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: One processor activation for #5577
                                                                                                    • Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering or SolutionEdition
                                                                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
                                                                                                    • OS level required: None
                                                                                                    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                    • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                    • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                    (#5580) 2780 Controller w/Aux Write Cache

                                                                                                    Provides a disk controller with auxiliary write cache to improve cachedata redundancy. The #5580 includes a #2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID DiskController and a secondary IOA with 757MB of auxiliary maximum compressedwrite cache. The #2780 and the secondary IOA each require one PCI-X slotand must be installed together in the same CEC or I/O unit/drawer/tower.The #2780 and the auxiliary write cache IOA are connected by a SCSI cable(provided). Feature #2780 will not appear on IBM ordering, shipping, orinventory documentation.

                                                                                                    The connecting SCSI cable is attached to port four of the #2780,reducing the number of SCSI buses that support disk drives from four tothree. The reduction of SCSI buses may also reduce the number of diskdrives supported by the #2780, depending on the CEC or I/O unit/drawer/tower in which the #2780 is installed. No disk drives are drivenby the auxiliary write cache IOA.

                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: Disk Controller with auxiliary write cache
                                                                                                    • Attributes required: Two PCI-X slots within the same CEC orI/Ounit/drawer/tower
                                                                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                    • Maximum allowed: 36 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                    • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                    • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                                                                      Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 24 under IBM i. Notsupported under AIX or Linux.

                                                                                                    (#5583) 5777 Controller w/Aux Write Cache

                                                                                                    (No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

                                                                                                    Provides a disk controller with auxiliary write cache to improve cachedata redundancy. The #5583 includes a #5777 PCI-X disk controller and asecondary IOA with 1.5GB of auxiliary maximum compressed write cache.#5777 and the secondary IOA each require one PCI-X slot and must beinstalled together in the same system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower. The#5777 and the auxiliary write cache IOA are connected by a SCSI cable(provided). Feature #5777 will not appear on IBM ordering, shipping, orinventory documentation.

                                                                                                    The connecting SCSI cable is attached to port four of the #5777,reducing the number of SCSI buses that support disk drives from four tothree. The reduction of SCSI buses may also reduce the number of diskdrives supported by the #5777, depending on the system unit or I/Ounit/drawer/tower in which the #5777 is installed. No disk drives aredriven by the auxiliary write cache IOA. #5583 does not require an IOP.

                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: 4-core processor card
                                                                                                    • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                    • OS level required:
                                                                                                      • Attributes provided: Activation of processor for #5587
                                                                                                      • Attributes required: Feature number 5587
                                                                                                      • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                      • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
                                                                                                      • OS level required: None
                                                                                                      • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                      • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                      • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                      (#5589) Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5587

                                                                                                      (No Longer Available as of September 26, 2014)

                                                                                                      This feature will provide the customer with one processor activationat no additional charge. Available only with IBM Power Systems 520Express Product Offerings or Solution Editions.

                                                                                                      • Attributes provided: Disk Controller with auxiliary write cache
                                                                                                      • Attributes required: Two PCI-X slots within the same system unit orI/O unit/drawer/tower
                                                                                                      • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                      • Maximum allowed: 36 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                      • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                      • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                      • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                      • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                                                                        Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 48 under IBM i. Notsupported under AIX or Linux.

                                                                                                      (#5591) 2757 Controller w/Aux Write Cache

                                                                                                      Provides a disk controller with auxiliary write cache to improve cachedata redundancy. The #5591 includes a #2757 PCI-X RAID Disk Controllerwith a 757MB write cache and a secondary IOA with 1.5GB of auxiliarymaximum compressed write cache. The #2757 and the secondary IOA eachrequire one PCI-X slot and must be installed together in the same systemunit or I/O unit/drawer/tower. The #2757 and the auxiliary write cacheIOA are connected by a SCSI cable (provided). Feature #2757 will notappear on IBM ordering, shipping, or inventory documentation.

                                                                                                      The connecting SCSI cable is attached to port four of the #2757,reducing the number of SCSI buses that support disk drives from four tothree. The reduction of SCSI buses may also reduce the number of diskdrives supported by the #2757, depending on the system unit or I/Ounit/drawer/tower in which the #2757 is installed. No disk drives aredriven by the auxiliary write cache IOA.

                                                                                                        Connection to supported InfiniBand switches is accomplishedby using the 12x to 4x Channel Conversion Cables, #1828,#1841 or #1842. The connection using the #1842 cable islimited to the base ports of the InfiniBand switches.'

                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: Two DDR capable 12X channel remote I/O ports
                                                                                                        • Attributes required: Available GX++ slot
                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                        • OS level required:
                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: Two 10Gb (SR) Integrated Virtual EthernetConnections
                                                                                                          • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                          • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                          • Return parts
                                                                                                          • MES: No
                                                                                                          (#5614) Dual Port RIO-2 I/O Hub

                                                                                                          (No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

                                                                                                          This feature provides an adapter plus interposer card that providestwo additional external RIO-2 ports for external connectivity or I/Odrawer expansion.

                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: Two 12X Channel remote I/O ports
                                                                                                          • Attributes required: Available GX slot
                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
                                                                                                          • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                          (#5619) 80/160GB DAT160 SAS Tape Drive

                                                                                                          (No Longer Available as of February 14, 2014)

                                                                                                          The Internal Tape Drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high for save/restore andarchive functions. This DDS Gen5 tape drive uses the new larger IBMDAT160 and 4-mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing acapacity of up to 160 GB (assuming 2:1 compression ratio) - a significantincrease in capacity over the previous 36/72 GB 4-mm internal tape drives(when using DAT160 Data Cartridge)

                                                                                                          Characteristics:

                                                                                                          • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level
                                                                                                          • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level
                                                                                                          • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level andService Pack 7
                                                                                                          • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with 5300-07 and Server Pack 4
                                                                                                          • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Serivce Pack 5
                                                                                                          • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later
                                                                                                          • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER version 4.5 or later
                                                                                                          • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER version 5.1 or later
                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                          Note: Maximum of 1 allowed in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.System maximum of 1 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

                                                                                                        (#5623) Dual Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card

                                                                                                        (No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

                                                                                                        Integrated I/O connectors for a CEC enclosure. Provides two 1 GbShort Range Ethernet connections (RJ-45) that can be Virtualized into thesystem LPARs. All of the connectors are on the rear bulkhead of the CECenclosure.

                                                                                                        Features #5623, #5613 and #5624 may be mixed in multi enclosuresystems.

                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: Four 1Gb Integrated Virtual EthernetConnections
                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                        • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                        (#5633) 1-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots

                                                                                                        (No Longer Available as of January 4, 2013)

                                                                                                        1-core 4.2 GHz processor card. The processor has 4MB of L2 cache percore. There are 4 DIMM slots on the processor card. This feature isonly available to SDIs as an MES order.

                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: 2-core processor card
                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                        • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                        (#5635) 4-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 8 Memory DIMM Slots

                                                                                                        (No Longer Available as of October 30, 2009)

                                                                                                        4-core 4.2 GHz processor card. The four processors share 4MB of L2cache per core. There are 8 DIMM slots on the processor card. Thisfeature is only available to SDIs as an MES order.

                                                                                                            • Attributes provided: Activation of processor for #5633
                                                                                                            • Attributes required: Feature number 5633
                                                                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                            • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                            • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                            • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                            (#5654) One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5634

                                                                                                            (No Longer Available as of September 26, 2014)

                                                                                                            This feature number will activate one processor on a #5634 processorcard.

                                                                                                            • Attributes provided: Activation of processor for #5635
                                                                                                            • Attributes required: Feature number 5635
                                                                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                            • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
                                                                                                            • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                            • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                            (#5661) - DAT320 160/320 GB Tape Drive

                                                                                                            (No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

                                                                                                            The internal Tape drive is a half-high form factor for save/ restoreand archive functions. This DDS Gen7 tape drive uses the new DAT320 DATcartridge, and is compression capable, providing a capacity of to 320 GB(assuming 2:1 compression ratio) a significant increase in capacity overthe previous DAT160 #5619 80/160GB internal tape drive (when using DAT320Data Cartridges)

                                                                                                            Characteristics

                                                                                                            • Attributes provided: DAT320 160/320 GB Tape Drive
                                                                                                            • Attributes required: Available half-high media bay and Right AngleSAS Tape Drive Cable (#3657)
                                                                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                            • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                            • OS level required:
                                                                                                              • Attributes provided: One processor activation for #5633
                                                                                                              • Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering
                                                                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                              • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                              • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                              • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                              (#5677) Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5634

                                                                                                              (No Longer Available as of September 26, 2014)

                                                                                                              This feature will provide the customer with one processor activationat no additional charge. Available only with IBM System p 520 ExpressProduct Offerings.

                                                                                                              • Attributes provided: One processor activation for #5635
                                                                                                              • Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering
                                                                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                              • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
                                                                                                              • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                              • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                              (#5679) SAS RAID Enablement

                                                                                                              (No Longer Available as of September 26, 2014)

                                                                                                              The SAS RAID Enablement feature provides the internal SAS enclosurewith 0, 5, 6 and 10 RAID function and Auxiliary cache via backplanepluggable daughter cards. The daughter cards contain the RAID functionand a 175MByte of Write Cache. The Auxiliary daughter card plugs into aspecial slot on the planar and provides battery power pack and redundant175MByte write cache memory for the daughter card. Concurrentmaintenance of the RAID daughter card and the Auxiliary daughter card isnot supported; however, concurrent maintenance of the battery pack issupported.

                                                                                                              A SAS DASD/Media Backplane with an external SAS port in combinationwith feature number 5679 provides one external RAID enabled SAS port.

                                                                                                              • Attributes provided: Five DAT160 Data Cartridges
                                                                                                              • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                              • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                              • OS level required: None
                                                                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                              • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                              (#5700) IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

                                                                                                              (No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

                                                                                                              The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides a 1 Gbps (1000Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connection with throughput on astandard shortwave multimode optical cable which conforms to the IEEE802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micronMulti Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network InstallManager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

                                                                                                              Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64bit PCI-X card slot.

                                                                                                              Note: The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) incorporatesan LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factorconnector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiberoptic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connectornetwork, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

                                                                                                              Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

                                                                                                              • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTPconnection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
                                                                                                              • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
                                                                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                              • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
                                                                                                              • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                              • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                Note: Maximum of two in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

                                                                                                                System maximum of 32 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

                                                                                                              (#5702) PCI-X Ultra Tape Controller

                                                                                                              #5702 provides two SCSI busses for PCI-X attachment of external tapedevices and external removable media devices. #5702 has two ports withVHDCI connectors.

                                                                                                              • #0371 -- LC-SC Adapter Kit (50um)
                                                                                                              • #0372 -- LC-SC Adapter Kit (62.5um)

                                                                                                              An optics cleaning kit (P/N 46G6844) and instruction sheet (P/N21P6238, SY27-2604) is shipped with the #5704. The customer supplies allFibre Channel cables for this controller.

                                                                                                                The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5706)should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O cardslot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance intoconsideration, refer to the RS/6000 and pSeries PCI Adapter PlacementReference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor andmaximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TXEthernet PCI-X Adapter (#5701) is the preferred solution.

                                                                                                                Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

                                                                                                                Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex(HDX) mode.

                                                                                                                  The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5707) should beconsidered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. Fora suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance intoconsideration, refer to the RS/6000 and pSeries PCI Adapter PlacementReference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor andmaximum throughput is required, the single port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SXPCI-X Adapter (#5700) is the preferred solution.

                                                                                                                  Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

                                                                                                                  Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter incorporatesan LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factorconnector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiberoptic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connectornetwork, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

                                                                                                                  Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

                                                                                                                  • Highlights
                                                                                                                    • Recommended performance Max assuming high utilization, One adapterper four active processors cores.
                                                                                                                    • Recommended connectivity Max assuming high utilization, two adaptersper one physical processor core.
                                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: 10 Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter
                                                                                                                    • Attributes required: Open PCIe slot
                                                                                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                    • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 42)
                                                                                                                    • OS level required:
                                                                                                                      • VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later
                                                                                                                      • IBM i 6.1.1 or later with VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 orlater support virtual Ethernet (NIC) function.
                                                                                                                      • Minimum firmware level 3.5.0 or later
                                                                                                                  (#5712) PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

                                                                                                                  The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5712) is a 64-bit 3.3volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSIapplications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides twoSCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.), up totwice the maximum data transfer rate of the previous Dual Channel Ultra3SCSI adapter (160 MBps). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (onsystems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) orexternal. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at adata rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internalbackplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

                                                                                                                  In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB persecond and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapterutilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fullyutilize this 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices shouldalso be Ultra320 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its ratedspeed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus willswitch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices onthat SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

                                                                                                                  Two industry standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on theadapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE externalsubsystems. A 0.3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystemsto allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X Dual ChannelUltra320 SCSI Adapter.

                                                                                                                  The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DS4Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TS4 Expandable Storage Plus Towerat up to 320 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. The two external ports alsoprovide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus datarate and to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. Alsothe two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSIexternal subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages forverification of connectivity support with this adapter.

                                                                                                                  The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5712) is a native bootadapter with AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 software in a supported pSeries orRS/6000 systems. The adapter also supports target mode.

                                                                                                                  Limitations:

                                                                                                                    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/
                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systemsthat support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with thisadapter) and external SCSI devices
                                                                                                                • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot
                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 36 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.
                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                                                                                  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 36 under IBM i. Notsupported under AIX or Linux.

                                                                                                                • (#5713) 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter

                                                                                                                  (No Longer Available as of July 31, 2017)

                                                                                                                  The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands anddata into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. Theadapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offloadfunction eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts.Adapter uses RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet connector.

                                                                                                                  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
                                                                                                                  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
                                                                                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                  • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 42)
                                                                                                                  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                  • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                    Note: Maximum of two in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

                                                                                                                    System maximum of 27 under AIX or Linux; 42 under IBM i.

                                                                                                                  (#5716) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter

                                                                                                                  The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data,short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector.With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter providesthe capability for a network of high speed local and remote locatedstorage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiatefor the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the deviceor switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbpsdata rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supportedbetween the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used withIBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics,distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2Gps data rates.

                                                                                                                  The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attachdevices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. Ifattaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber onnector(s), use of anLC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 MicronFiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

                                                                                                                  Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additionalsupported server attachment information for IBM devices.

                                                                                                                  http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/ products_pseries.html

                                                                                                                  Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner foradditional information relative to any third party attachment.

                                                                                                                  • Attributes provided: Four-ported Gigabit Ethernet
                                                                                                                  • Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
                                                                                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
                                                                                                                  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWERSystems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.6, orlater. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                  • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                    Note: CEC maximum of 3 under AIX and Linux. System maximum of 16 underAIX and Linux.

                                                                                                                    Not supported under IBM i.

                                                                                                                  (#5718) 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter

                                                                                                                  Provides 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections. Supportsdistances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 ummultimode fiber with 2000MHz km minimum model bandwith at 850 nm.Adapter connector type is LC.

                                                                                                                  • Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
                                                                                                                  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X slot
                                                                                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWERSystems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, orlater. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                                                                                    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux.

                                                                                                                    System maximum of 16 under AIX or Linux.

                                                                                                                    Not supported under IBM i.

                                                                                                                  (#5721) 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

                                                                                                                  (No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

                                                                                                                  The adapter supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimodefiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000 MHz*km minimum modelbandwidth at 850 nm wavelength. The fiber cable connects to the adapterwith LC type connector. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3aestandard.

                                                                                                                  • Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
                                                                                                                  • Attributes required: PCI-X slot or for improved bandwidth plug inPCI-X 2.0 DDR slot.
                                                                                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
                                                                                                                  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                  • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

                                                                                                                    System maximum of 16 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

                                                                                                                    System firmware level required is SF235_195 or later. The adapterwill operate in Single Data Rate (SDR) mode.

                                                                                                                    System firmware can be downloaded from:

                                                                                                                    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/ download.html

                                                                                                                  (#5723) 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter

                                                                                                                  (No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

                                                                                                                  Connection for 2 Asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are Programmableto support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps.

                                                                                                                  • Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) whichadheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (LinuxOnly)
                                                                                                                  • RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing(Linux Only)

                                                                                                                  Full iSCSI software and hardware initiator support. (Linux Only)

                                                                                                                  • PCIe-V1.1 x8
                                                                                                                  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
                                                                                                                  • 10GBASE-CX short-reach copper
                                                                                                                  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
                                                                                                                  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
                                                                                                                  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
                                                                                                                  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
                                                                                                                  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
                                                                                                                  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
                                                                                                                  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
                                                                                                                  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
                                                                                                                  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
                                                                                                                  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
                                                                                                                  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
                                                                                                                  • Receive side scaling and packet steering
                                                                                                                  • Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
                                                                                                                  • IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux Only)
                                                                                                                  • APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and Open Fabrics Enterprise Distribution(OFED)1.4 (Linux Only)
                                                                                                                  • Attributes provided: PCIe-V1.1 x8 Ethernet
                                                                                                                  • Attributes required: PCIe Express Slot, Copper CX4 Cables, 4x wrapplug
                                                                                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
                                                                                                                  • OS level required:
                                                                                                                    • a) Required to run some diagnostic procedures and
                                                                                                                    • b) in some cases may speed system boot when placed in empty portsas well as avoid useless messages pointing to a planned empty port.
                                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: Dual Port Fibre Channel
                                                                                                                    • Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe slot
                                                                                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                    • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 42)
                                                                                                                    • OS level required:
                                                                                                                      • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later
                                                                                                                      • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later
                                                                                                                      • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine code or later
                                                                                                                      • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP2 for POWER Systems, or later.
                                                                                                                      • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 11 for POWER Systems, or later.
                                                                                                                      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.7 or later.
                                                                                                                      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 5.2 or later.
                                                                                                                    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                    • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                    • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                      Note: CEC and system maximum of 3 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux. VIOSattachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later.

                                                                                                                    (#5736) PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

                                                                                                                    The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5736) is a 64-bit3.3-volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSIapplications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides twoSCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.). EachSCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSIdevice or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attachedUltra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB persecond on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable ofsupporting Ultra320 speeds.

                                                                                                                    In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB persecond and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes LowVoltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To utilize the 320 MBper second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVDdevices; however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on thesame bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speedsingle-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE)performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SEbus data rate of the device.

                                                                                                                    Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracketallowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A0.3-meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) canbe used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connectionto the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSIAdapter.

                                                                                                                    Two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSIexternal subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages forverification of connectivity support with this adapter.

                                                                                                                    The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5736) is a native bootadapter. The adapter also supports target mode.

                                                                                                                    Feature #5736 and #5806 are physically identical cards with thesame 571A CCIN. Different features are used to help IBMconfigurator tool understand whether or not an IOP is being usedwith the adapter. #5806 indicates an IOP is present.

                                                                                                                    Limitations:

                                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systemsthat support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with thisadapter) and external SCSI devices
                                                                                                                    • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot orPCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
                                                                                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                    • Maximum allowed: 58 (Initial order maximum: 58)
                                                                                                                    • OS Level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.SUSE Linux Enterprise server 10 SP1 for POWER systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                                    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                    • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                    • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                      Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

                                                                                                                      System maximum of 58 under AIX or Linux; 36 under IBM i.

                                                                                                                    (#5740) 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter

                                                                                                                    (No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

                                                                                                                    The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base -TX PCI-X adapter is a full height PCI-X1.0a Ethernet adapter which supports four Gigabit ports on a singleadapter, delivers increased bandwidth for slot-constrained servers, andis designed to provide high connectivity and reliability using twointegrated, dual-port Gigabit Ethernet controllers.

                                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: Four 10/100/1000 RJ-45 ports
                                                                                                                    • Attributes required: One available PCI-X card slot
                                                                                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
                                                                                                                    • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWERSystems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, orlater. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                                    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                    • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                    • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                      Note: Maximum of 2 in CEC under AIX or Linux. System maximum of 16under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

                                                                                                                    (#5741) IBM Single Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card

                                                                                                                    (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

                                                                                                                    The Single Bus Ultra 320 SCSI repeater card provides the paths totransmit the differential SCSI signal from a cable to the DASD backplanescontained in the IBM 7031 Model D24 Ultra 320 Expandable Disk StorageDrawer and in the #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Dis Drawer.

                                                                                                                    The Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card provides the following functions:

                                                                                                                    • Provide SCSI enclosure services for all disk drives
                                                                                                                    • Read power supply unit Vital Product Data ( VPD)
                                                                                                                    • Monitor power line voltage EPOW (Early Power Off Warning) signalsfrom the power supplies and assert SCSI reset to prevent data corruptionduring power failures.
                                                                                                                    • Detect hot plugged disk drives and power them on on automatically
                                                                                                                    • Separate power partitions to each individual drive preventing cagepower faults for a single drive fault
                                                                                                                    • Provide cage power on commands when any attached host adapter isactive
                                                                                                                    • Redrive the SCSI bus to allow SCSI cable lengths up to 20 meters
                                                                                                                    • Provide SCSI bus terminations for host and drve busses
                                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: SCSI Bus connection
                                                                                                                    • Attributes required: IBM 7031 Model D24 SCSI Disk StorageDrawer or a#5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer.
                                                                                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                    • Maximum allowed: 91 (Initial order maximum: 91)
                                                                                                                    • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                    • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                    • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                    (#5743) SATA Slimline DVD-ROM Drive

                                                                                                                    (No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

                                                                                                                    The 8X/24X(max) Slimline SATA DVD-ROM Drive is an internal trayloading DVD-ROM drive providing up to 3600KB/sec MAX (CD-ROM) and10.3MB/sec MAX (DVD-ROM) data transfer rates. It is a 12.7mm Slimlineform factor multi-session capable, DVD-ROM drive which provides state ofthe art performance and supports reading DVD-RAM and a multitude of otheroptical media discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable fromcartridge) DVD-RAM discs. System boot and install functions aresupported with CD-ROM, DVD and DVD-RAM media.

                                                                                                                    Characteristics

                                                                                                                    • DVD video is not supported.
                                                                                                                    • DVD-ROM only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1 or later.
                                                                                                                    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, orlater
                                                                                                                    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, orlater
                                                                                                                    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, orlater
                                                                                                                    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later
                                                                                                                    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, orlater
                                                                                                                    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, orlater
                                                                                                                    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, orlater
                                                                                                                    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later
                                                                                                                    • IBM i 5.4.5 or later
                                                                                                                    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 2 for POWER Systems, orlater
                                                                                                                    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later
                                                                                                                    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 or later
                                                                                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                  • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                    Note: A maximum of one (1) is allowed in the CEC.

                                                                                                                  (#5746) - HH 800GB LTO4 SAS Tape Drive

                                                                                                                  (No Longer Available as of January 6, 2012)

                                                                                                                  The SAS Tape Drive uses industry standard Ultrium media. The Tapedrive Write/Read Ultrium4 (LTO-4), Write/Read Ultrium3 (LTO-3), and ReadUltrium2 (LT02) formats. It has capacity of 800GB native or 1.6TBCompressed.

                                                                                                                  • Capacity: 800 GB native mode, 1.6 TB (typical) compression mode
                                                                                                                  • Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
                                                                                                                  • Media: IBM Ultrium 4
                                                                                                                  • Technology: Linear
                                                                                                                  • Operation: Streaming
                                                                                                                  • Data Transfer Rate: 120 MB/sec
                                                                                                                  • Speed matching down to 31 MB/sec with LTO-4 media
                                                                                                                  • Interface: SAS
                                                                                                                  • Compatability: LTO4 (R/W), LTO3 (R/W) and LTO2 (R)
                                                                                                                  • Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media bay
                                                                                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                  • OS level required:
                                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: Five Data Cartridge
                                                                                                                    • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                    • OS level required: N/A
                                                                                                                    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                    • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                    • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                    (#5748) POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics Accelerator

                                                                                                                    (No Longer Available as of July 31, 2017)

                                                                                                                    The POWER GXT145 is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator.It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes.This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. The adapterrequires a PCI Express slot. If attaching a device that requires a 15pin D-Shell receptacle for a VGA connection (eg. when the graphicadapter output is routed directly to a 7316-TF3 display or indirectlythrough a KVM switch), order a VGA to DVI Connection Converter, featurenumber 4276 to accommodate the attaching device.

                                                                                                                    • 128-bit graphics processor
                                                                                                                    • 8-bit indexed, 8-bit true color, or 24-bit true color
                                                                                                                    • 32 MB SDRAM
                                                                                                                    • x1 PCI Express interface
                                                                                                                    • 2 DVI-I (analog/digital video) connectors
                                                                                                                  • Features Supported
                                                                                                                    • X-Windows and Motif
                                                                                                                  • Software Requirements
                                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel Ports
                                                                                                                    • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 2.0 slot
                                                                                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                    • Maximum allowed: 60 (Initial order maximum: 60)
                                                                                                                    • OS level required: IBM i 6.1, or later
                                                                                                                    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                    • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                    • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                      Note: Maximum of 2 in CEC under IBM i. System maximum of 60 under IBMi. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

                                                                                                                    (#5756) IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive

                                                                                                                    (No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

                                                                                                                    The 8X/24X(max) Slimline IDE DVD-ROM Drive is an internal tray loadingDVD-ROM drive providing up to 3600KB/sec MAX (CD-ROM) and 10.3MB/sec MAX(DVD-ROM) data transfer rates. It is a 12.7mm Slimline form factormulti-session capable, DVD-ROM drive which provides state of the artperformance and supports existing 650MB CD-ROM, 4.7 GB DVD-ROM, and 9.4GB DVD-ROM (double-sided) discs. This drive also reads Type II(removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs at DVD-ROM speeds. System bootand install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

                                                                                                                    Characteristics:

                                                                                                                    • DVD video is not supported.
                                                                                                                    • DVD-ROM only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1 or later.
                                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: 8X/24X(max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive
                                                                                                                    • Attributes required: 1 Slimline media bay
                                                                                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                    • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise Lnux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                                    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                    • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                    • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                      Note: Maximum of one allowed in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.System maximum of 1 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

                                                                                                                    (#5757) IBM 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive

                                                                                                                    (No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

                                                                                                                    The IBM 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive is an internal tray loading,multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7GB DVD-RAMdiscs as well as reading a multitude of other optical media discs. Thisdrive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. It isa 12.7mm high Slimline form factor, multi-session capable, DVD-RAM drivewhich provides state of the art performance. System boot and installfunctions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

                                                                                                                    Characteristics:

                                                                                                                    • DVD video is not supported.
                                                                                                                    • Drive only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1.
                                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: One 4.7GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
                                                                                                                    • Attributes required: One IDE 12.7mm high media bay
                                                                                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                    • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                                    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                    • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                    • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                      Note: Maximum of one allowed in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.System maximum of 1 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

                                                                                                                    (#5758) 4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

                                                                                                                    (No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

                                                                                                                    The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC typeexternal fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fibercabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speedlocal and remote located storage. The 4 Gigabit Single-Port FibreChannel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data ratebetween adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps ofwhich the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 metersrunning at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps datarate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between theadapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM FibreChannel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbpsdata rates.

                                                                                                                    The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used toattach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches.If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use ofan LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 MicronFiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

                                                                                                                    There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one forperformance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may belimited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize HighBandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximumquantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-endnetwork cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is moreimportant than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximumquantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

                                                                                                                    Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additionalsupported server attachment information for IBM devices.

                                                                                                                    http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/ products_pseries.html

                                                                                                                    Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner foradditional information relative to any third party attachment.

                                                                                                                      Team kyosho drivers for mac. If a driver is not available or is not compatible with your system (as with some Sony notebooks), you may be able to install a modified third party driver using. Please check their for the latest driver for your system.

                                                                                                                      The adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by meansof Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SCtype fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable(#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

                                                                                                                      There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one forperformance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may belimited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize HighBandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximumquantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-endnetwork cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is moreimportant than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximumquantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

                                                                                                                      Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additionalsupported server attachment information for IBM devices.

                                                                                                                      http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/ products_pseries.html

                                                                                                                      Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner foradditional information relative to any third party attachment.

                                                                                                                      Note: Carefully consider the usage of this card. If placed in aPCI-X slot rated as SDR compatible and/or has the slot speed of 133 MHz,the AIX value of the max_xfer_size must be kept at the default setting of0x100000 (1 megabyte) when both ports are in use. The architecture ofthe DMA buffer for these slots does not accommodate larger max_xfer_sizesettings.

                                                                                                                      • Attributes provided: One Port Fibre Channel Adapter that attachesExternal DASD
                                                                                                                      • Attributes required: One empty PCI-X 1.0 / 2.0 slot and a PCI IOP
                                                                                                                      • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                      • Maximum allowed: 60 (Initial order maximum: 60)
                                                                                                                      • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                                      • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                      • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                      • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                        Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 60 under IBM i. Notsupported under AIX or Linux.

                                                                                                                      (#5761) PCI-X Fibre Chan Tape Controller

                                                                                                                      (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

                                                                                                                      Provides a 4Gbps Single Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 Adapter, whichattaches external tape devices. #5761 is a 64-bit address/ data, shortform factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector thatprovides single initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop.With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter providesthe capability for a network of high-speed local and remote locatedstorage.

                                                                                                                      The #5761 will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate betweenadapter and an attaching device at 1Gbps, 2Gbps or 4Gbps of which thedevice or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at1Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2Gbps data rate and 4Gbpsdata rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and anattaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channelstorage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10kilometers are capable running at either 1Gbps or 2Gbps or 4Gbps datarates.

                                                                                                                      The #5761 can be used to attach devices either directly, or by meansof Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SCtype fiber connector, use of a #0371 LC-SC Adapter Kit (50um) or a #0372LC-SC Adapter Kit (62.5um) is required.

                                                                                                                      Features #5761 and #5758 are physically the same card, but havedifferent feature numbers that denote to IBM configurator tools whetheror not an IOP is required.

                                                                                                                      Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additionalsupported server attachment information for IBM devices.

                                                                                                                      Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner foradditional information relative to any third party attachment.

                                                                                                                      • Low Profile 12.7mm
                                                                                                                      • SATA Interface
                                                                                                                      • Industry standard Slimline SATA connectors
                                                                                                                      • Supports 8cm and 12cm disk
                                                                                                                      • Tray Loading
                                                                                                                      • CD/DVD-ROM/RAM Read 24X/8X/5X
                                                                                                                      • DVD-RAM Write 5X
                                                                                                                      • Buffer Size 2MB
                                                                                                                      • 1 Laser Diode 2 wavelenghts for CD/DVD
                                                                                                                      • Power +5V/1.8A

                                                                                                                      Limitations

                                                                                                                      • Attributes provided: One 4.7GB SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
                                                                                                                      • Attributes required: One SATA 12.7mm high media bay
                                                                                                                      • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                      • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                      • OS level required:

                                                                                                                          The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCIe Adapter (#5767)should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O cardslot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance intoconsideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) forinformation about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

                                                                                                                          Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex(HDX) mode.

                                                                                                                            The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCIe Adapter (#5768) should beconsidered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. Fora suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance intoconsideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) forinformation about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

                                                                                                                            Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCIe Adapter incorporates anLC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connectoris being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber opticnetworks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connectornetwork, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

                                                                                                                            Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

                                                                                                                            • Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) whichadheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (LinuxOnly)
                                                                                                                            • RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing(Linux Only)
                                                                                                                            • Full iSCSI initiator and target mode stack (Linux Only)
                                                                                                                              • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
                                                                                                                              • 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics
                                                                                                                              • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
                                                                                                                              • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
                                                                                                                              • IEEE 802.3x flow control
                                                                                                                              • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
                                                                                                                              • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
                                                                                                                              • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
                                                                                                                              • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
                                                                                                                              • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
                                                                                                                              • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
                                                                                                                              • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
                                                                                                                              • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
                                                                                                                              • Receive side scaling and packet steering
                                                                                                                              • Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
                                                                                                                              • IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux Only)
                                                                                                                              • APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and OpenFabrics 1.4 (Linux Only)
                                                                                                                              • Attributes provided: PCIe-V1.1 x8 10GBASE-SR short -reach opticsadapter
                                                                                                                              • Attributes required: PCI Express slot, Fiber Cable (Optional LC-SC62.5 micron converter cable, 50 micron LC-SC connections), LC wrap plug-d
                                                                                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                              • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
                                                                                                                              • OS level required:
                                                                                                                                • 10GBASE-LR fiber optic LAN connections
                                                                                                                                • Eight (8) lane PCIe Host Connector
                                                                                                                                • PCIe Low-Profile add-in card dimensions (68.9mm x 167.65mm)
                                                                                                                                • Uses Intel 82598EB MAC
                                                                                                                                • PCI Express bus interface v1.1 and v.2.0 (Gen 1 only)
                                                                                                                                • PCIe Hot Plug/Active PCI
                                                                                                                                • Controller EEPROM and FLASH ROM
                                                                                                                                • Status LED (Link/Activity)
                                                                                                                                • Low power PCIe Gen 1 MAC
                                                                                                                                • Support either MSI or MSI-X depending on system/OS support formulti-CPU and multi-core systems.
                                                                                                                                • Dynamic interrupt moderation for lower latency
                                                                                                                                • Supports 10Gb, full duplex
                                                                                                                                • Supports EtherChannel with the existing software
                                                                                                                                • Supports IEEE 802.3ad (link aggregation control protocol)
                                                                                                                                • IEEE 802.1Q VLANs
                                                                                                                                • IEEE 802.3x
                                                                                                                                • IEEE 802.1p
                                                                                                                                • Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)/User Datagram Protocol (UDP)Checksum Offloading
                                                                                                                                • Internet Protocol ver 4 (IPv4) Checksum Offloading
                                                                                                                                • Transmit Checksum Offloading with TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO)/Large Send Offload
                                                                                                                                • Supported by SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP3 for POWER Systems,or later and Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.4, or later.
                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: One 10 Gigabit Ethernet port
                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: One x8 lane or x16 PCI Express slot
                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
                                                                                                                                • OS level required:

                                                                                                                                  (#5773) 4 Gigabit PCI Express Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter

                                                                                                                                  (No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

                                                                                                                                  The 4 Gigabit Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a 64-bitaddress/data, short form factor PCIe adapter with an LC type externalfiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling,this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed localand remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for thehighest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances upto 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supportedbetween the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used withIBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics,distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

                                                                                                                                  The 4 Gigabit PCIe Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter can be used toattach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches.If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), useof an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

                                                                                                                                  Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem web page foradditional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

                                                                                                                                • a) Required to run some diagnostic procedures and
                                                                                                                                • b) in some cases may speed system boot when placed in empty portsas well as avoid useless messages pointing to a planned empty port.
                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel
                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe slot
                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 42)
                                                                                                                                • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWERSystems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, orlater. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                                  Note: CEC maximum of 3 under AIX and Linux. System maximum of 42 underAIX and Linux.

                                                                                                                                  Not supported under IBM i.

                                                                                                                                (#5774) 4 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter

                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of May 31, 2017)

                                                                                                                                The 4 Gigabit Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a 64-bitaddress/data, short form factor PCIe adapter with an LC type externalfiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling,this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed localand remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for thehighest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Between theadapter and an attaching device or switch, the distances supported areup to: 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, 300 meters running at2 Gbps data rate, and 150 meters running at 4 Gbps data rate. Whenused with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-waveoptics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

                                                                                                                                The 4 Gigabit PCIe Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter can be used toattach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches.If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), useof an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

                                                                                                                                Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page foradditional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

                                                                                                                              • a) Required to run some diagnostic procedures and
                                                                                                                              • b) in some cases may speed system boot when placed in empty portsas well as avoid useless messages pointing to a planned empty port.
                                                                                                                              • Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel
                                                                                                                              • Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe slot
                                                                                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                              • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 42)
                                                                                                                              • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i 6.1, or later. SUSE Linux EnterpriseServer 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux forPOWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER,version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                              • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                                Note: CEC maximum of 3 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux. System maximum of42 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

                                                                                                                              (#5776) PCI-X Disk Controller-90MB No IOP

                                                                                                                              (No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

                                                                                                                              Provides a PCI-X SCSI disk controller that has a 90MB write cache andcan provide RAID-5 or RAID-6 protection of disk units.

                                                                                                                              The #5776 has two U320 SCSI buses each with a bus data rate of up to320MBs. A maximum of 12 or 24 disk drives and up to two internalremovable media devices (tape, DVD-ROM, or DVD-RAM) are supported on the#5776. The maximum is 12 drives in a #0595 I/O drawer. The maximum is10 drives in a #5094/5294. The maximum is 24 drives in an EXP24 DiskEnclosure. The #5776 can attach to disk drives within an expansion towerand also attach to disk units in an EXP24 Disk Enclosure. The #0301specify indicates to the IBM Configurator tool that one port of the #5776is attaching to disk units in an EXP24 Disk Enclosure.

                                                                                                                              A minimum of three disk drives are required for RAID-5, providingprotection against a single drive failure in an array. A minimum of fourdisk drives are required for RAID-6, providing protection against up totwo drives failing in an array.

                                                                                                                              Note: The 757MB write cache and 1.5GB write cache disk controllersprovide greater disk performance and have an auxiliary write cache IOA toprotect the write cache contents.

                                                                                                                              • Attributes provided: High performance disk controller
                                                                                                                              • Attributes required: A single long PCI-X slot
                                                                                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                              • Maximum allowed: 36 (Initial order maximum: 36)
                                                                                                                              • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                              • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                                Note: This adapter is not allowed in the CEC. System maximum of 36under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

                                                                                                                              (#5778) PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5GB No IOP

                                                                                                                              (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

                                                                                                                              Provides an EXP24 disk controller with PCI-X DDR technology, a maximumof 1.5GB compressed write cache and a maximum 1.6GB compressed readcache. The controller supports RAID-5 and RAID-6 and mirroring issupported via i5/OS. Embedded auxiliary write cache and concurrentbattery maintenance are provided. The controller is implemented usingtwo physical cards that are firmly connected and requires two adjacentPCI slots. It provides three Ultra320 SCSI ports/buses for theattachment of disk drives located in a #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 DiskDrawer. #5782 is the same adapter card, but with the #5782 the adapteris placed in a double-wide blind swap cassette.

                                                                                                                              • Attributes provided: High-performance SCSI RAID controller in adouble wide blind swap cassette.
                                                                                                                              • Attributes required: Two adjacent PCI-X long card slots, in a blindswap capable system unit or expansion unit.
                                                                                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                              • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
                                                                                                                              • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                              • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                                Note: Maximum of two (2) in the CEC.

                                                                                                                              (#5785) 4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter

                                                                                                                              (No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

                                                                                                                              Connection for 4 asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are programmableto support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps. One connectoron the rear of the adapter provides attachment for a fan-out cable(provided) which provides four EIA-232 ports.Note #5785 and #5277 are physically and electrically identicaladapters, except for the type of PCIe slot used (full-high or lowprofile). Note also the 4-port #5277/5785 is functionallynearly identical to the 2-port #5289/5290 except for the number andtype of connectors.

                                                                                                                              • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, orlater
                                                                                                                              • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, orlater
                                                                                                                              • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, orlater
                                                                                                                              • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later
                                                                                                                              • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, orlater
                                                                                                                              • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, orlater
                                                                                                                              • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, orlater
                                                                                                                              • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later
                                                                                                                              • IBM i - not supported
                                                                                                                              • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11
                                                                                                                              • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.3
                                                                                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                            • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                            • (#5786) TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Dwr

                                                                                                                              (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

                                                                                                                              Provides disk slots for up to 24 disk units in a 19-inch, 4 EIA highrack drawer. The #5786 provides redundant power, redundant cooling, andUltra 320 SCSI interface connections for 24 Ultra 320 SCSI disk unitsthat are organized in four independent groups of six disk units.

                                                                                                                              #5741 and/or #5742 EXP24 Disk Slot Enablers (SCSI repeaters) enablethese groups of six disk unit slots. The enabled disk slots are drivenby SCSI disk controllers located outside the #5786 and connected by aSCSI cable. One to four Disk Slot Enablers are required, depending onthe number of disk unit groups populated with disk units.

                                                                                                                              One external port on a disk controller such as a #5736/#5776/ #5782 isrequired for each #5741 installed. Likewise, one external diskcontroller port is required for each #5742 installed and cabled to runone group of six disk slots. Alternately, two #5742s can be cabled suchthat a single disk controller can run two groups of six disk slots. Or,one #5741 plus one #5742 can also be cabled such that a single diskcontroller can run two groups of six disk slots.

                                                                                                                              The following SCSI cables are available:

                                                                                                                              • Attributes provided: 24 Ultra 320 SCSI disk unit slots
                                                                                                                              • Attributes required: Disk controller with external Ultra 320 SCSIport and 4 EIA units of space in a 19-inch rack
                                                                                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                              • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
                                                                                                                              • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                              • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                                Note: Only allowed to be ordered on systems having an IBM i partition.

                                                                                                                              (#5790) PCI Expansion Drawer

                                                                                                                              (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

                                                                                                                              The #5790 is a four EIA unit I/O expansion drawer that provides sixfull length ,64-bit, 3.3-V, 133 MHz hot-plug PCI-X slots and can ammodateup to six blind swap I/O adapters. The I/O Expanison drawer is attachedto the system using a RIO-2 bus interface adapter. The #5790 includesredundant concurrently maintainable power and cooling and the blind swapPCI mechanism allows for PCI card servicing without removing the I/Oexpansion drawer

                                                                                                                              The #5790 mounts in a 19-inch rack using a #7307 Dual I/O UnitEnclosure or a #7311 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure. Two #5790 drawers can bemounted side by side in a single #7307 or #7311 and are not required tobe attached to the same system

                                                                                                                              • Rack space in a #7307 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure or a #7311 Dual I/ OUnit Enclosure.
                                                                                                                              • One RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter, #6438
                                                                                                                              • Two RIO-2 cables (#3168 recommended)
                                                                                                                              • Two SPCN cables (#6006 recommended).
                                                                                                                              • Two Power cable, drawer to IBM PDU (#6459 recommended)
                                                                                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                            • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
                                                                                                                            • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                            • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                            • (#5796) PCI-DDR 12X Expansion Drawer

                                                                                                                              (No Longer Available as of July 27, 2012)

                                                                                                                              The #5796 is a four EIA unit I/O expansion drawer providing six fulllength, 64 bit, 3.3 volt, 266MHz PCI-X DDR slots. Blind swap cassettesare used to insert or remove the PCI-X cards. The #5796 is attached to asystem using a GX Dual Port 12X Channel Attach adpater in a 12X loop.Either a 12X Short Run adapter (6446) or 12X Long Run adapter (6457) mustbe selected on each #5796. Up to four #5796 can be attached on the same12X loop using a mixture of Short Run and Long Run adapters.

                                                                                                                              The #5796 includes redundant hot-swap power and cooling. The blindswap PCI mechanism allows for PCI card concurrent maintenance withoutremoving the I/O expansion drawer. The #5796 mounts in a 19-inch rackusing a #7314 I/O Drawer Mounting Enclosure. Two #5796 drawers can bemounted side by side in a single #7314 using a total of four EIA. The#5796 are not required to be attached to the same system. Each #5796requires two power cords

                                                                                                                              When placed in an IBM i partition, these PCI-X DDR slots support onlysmart IOAs and do not support an IOP or an IOA which requires an IOP.

                                                                                                                              • Attributes provided: 10 PCIe Slots, 18 SFF SAS disk bays
                                                                                                                              • Attributes required: Available 12X connection ports.
                                                                                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                              • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
                                                                                                                              • OS level required:
                                                                                                                                • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four #5886 EXP12S Disk Drawers or two #5887/EL1S EXP24S Disk Drawer
                                                                                                                                • SAS speed = 3 Gbs
                                                                                                                                • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP)and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
                                                                                                                                • 380 MB of non-volatile fast write cache can increase disksubsystem performance
                                                                                                                                • Dual controller supports mirrored write cache data and mirroredRAID parity footprints
                                                                                                                                • Concurrent Firmware Update
                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4xconnectors
                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: Configuration always requires even pairs of#5805 (or #5903/5805). SAS Media devices are not supported. Whenattaching #5886 EXP12S or #5887/EL1S EXP24S at least one of thefollowing SAS (X) cables #3661, #3662 or #3663 must be used
                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 40 (Initial order maximum: 40)
                                                                                                                                • OS level required:

                                                                                                                                    Two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSIexternal subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages forverification of connectivity support with this adapter.

                                                                                                                                    The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5806) is a native bootadapter. The adapter also supports target mode.

                                                                                                                                    Feature #5736 and #5806 are physically identical cards with thesame 571A CCIN. Different features are used to help IBMconfigurator tool understand whether or not an IOP is being usedwith the adapter. #5806 indicates an IOP is present.

                                                                                                                                    Limitations:

                                                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: 10 PCIe Slots
                                                                                                                                    • Attributes required: Available 12X connection ports.
                                                                                                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
                                                                                                                                    • OS level required:
                                                                                                                                      • Two per 12X loop
                                                                                                                                      • VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later
                                                                                                                                    (#5886) EXP 12S

                                                                                                                                    (No Longer Available as of January 6, 2012)

                                                                                                                                    The EXP 12S is an expansion drawer with twelve 3.5-inch form factorSAS bays. #5886 supports up to 12 hot-swap SAS Hard Disk Drives (HDD)or up to 8 hot-swap Solid State Drives (SSD). The EXP 12S includesredundant AC power supplies and two power cords. Though the draweris one set of 12 drives which is run by one SAS controller or onepair of SAS controllers, it has two SAS attachment ports and twoService Managers for redundancy. The EXP 12S takes up a 2 EIA spacein a 19-inch rack. The SAS controller can be a SAS PCI-X or PCIeadapter or pair of adapters or can be an imbedded SAS controllerin a server with an imbedded SAS port such as the 8203 or 8204.Attachment to the controller is via the appropriate external SAScables. A pair of #5886 EXP12S drawers can be attached togetherwith SAS cables allowing the SAS controller(s) to access 24 SAS bays.

                                                                                                                                    • Available SAS controller (PCI or imbedded server controller)
                                                                                                                                    • Power System server, POWER5 or later
                                                                                                                                    • Available 2U 19-inch rack space
                                                                                                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
                                                                                                                                  • OS level required:
                                                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: 24 SFF SAS bays, slot filler panels areprovided for empty bays when initially shipped from IBM. #5887rails have some adjustability for depth - 25.25 to 29.875 inches.
                                                                                                                                    • Attributes required:
                                                                                                                                      • AIX Version 7.1 with Service Pack 3, or later
                                                                                                                                      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 5,or later
                                                                                                                                      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and Service Pack 6,or later (planned availability: June 3, 2011)
                                                                                                                                      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack10, or later (planned availability: June 3, 2011)
                                                                                                                                      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 4,or later (planned availability: June 30, 2011)
                                                                                                                                      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 7,or later (planned availability: June 30, 2011)
                                                                                                                                      • IBM i 6.1 with machine code 6.1.1, or later
                                                                                                                                      • IBM i 7.1, or later
                                                                                                                                      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.6 for POWER, or later
                                                                                                                                      • Novel SUSE Linux Enterprise 10 Service Pack 4, or later
                                                                                                                                      • Novel SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 1, or later

                                                                                                                                      Please find the required driver update for SLES11 SP1 under thefollowing URL:

                                                                                                                                    • Wide Configuration supports addressing up to 512 SAS devices witheight ports.
                                                                                                                                    • Non-Redundant configuration supports addressing 128 SAS devices perport.
                                                                                                                                    • SAS speed = 3Gbs
                                                                                                                                    • SATA speed = 1.5 Gbs
                                                                                                                                    • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP) , Serial ATA Tunneling Protocol (STP)and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
                                                                                                                                    • RAID 0 (with mirroring), 10
                                                                                                                                    • Concurrent Firmware Update
                                                                                                                                    • Removable Media Device Supported
                                                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: Eight SAS Ports through two x 4 SAS channels.
                                                                                                                                    • Attributes required: One PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
                                                                                                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                    • Maximum allowed: 58 (Initial order maximum: 58)
                                                                                                                                    • OS level required:
                                                                                                                                      • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four #5886EXP12S Disk Drawers or two #5887/#EL1S EXP24S Disk Drawers
                                                                                                                                      • Supports up to 42 disk (18 SFF disk plus up to 24 3.5-inch SASdisk) when configured with a #5802/#EL36 19-inch PCIe 12X I/O Drawerand two #5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers or configured with a #5802/#EL36and one #5887/#EL1S EXP24S
                                                                                                                                      • Supports up to 50 disk (26 SFF disk plus up to 24 3.5-inch SASdisk) when configured with a #5803 24-inch PCIe 12X I/O Drawer and two#5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers or configured with a #5803 and one#5887/#EL1S EXP24S
                                                                                                                                      • SAS speed = 3 Gbs
                                                                                                                                      • SATA speed = 1.5 Gbs
                                                                                                                                      • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP), Serial ATA Tunneling Protocol(STP) and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
                                                                                                                                      • Dual controller supports mirrored RAID parity footprints
                                                                                                                                      • Concurrent firmware update
                                                                                                                                      • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4xconnectors
                                                                                                                                      • Attributes required: One PCI Express slot
                                                                                                                                      • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                      • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 42)
                                                                                                                                      • OS level required:
                                                                                                                                        • Supports 48 SAS disks, when configured with four FC 5886 12S diskexpansion drawers
                                                                                                                                        • SAS speed = 3Gbs
                                                                                                                                        • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP)and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
                                                                                                                                        • RAID 0, 5, 6, and 10
                                                                                                                                        • 175MB of NV Fast Write Cache
                                                                                                                                        • Dual controller supports mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAIDparity footprints
                                                                                                                                        • Concurrent Firmware Update
                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4xconnectors.
                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: One PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot per #5902.Configuration always requires even pairs of #5902. SAS Media devices arenot supported. When attaching #5886 EXP 12S use one of the following SAS(X) cables #3661, #3662 or #3663.
                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 60 (Initial order maximum: 60)
                                                                                                                                        • OS level required:
                                                                                                                                          • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four #5886 EXP12SDisk Drawers or with two #5887 EXP24S Disk Drawers
                                                                                                                                          • SAS speed = 3Gbs
                                                                                                                                          • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP)and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)380 MB of non-volatile fast write cache can increase disk subsystemperformance
                                                                                                                                          • Dual controller supports mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAIDparity footprints
                                                                                                                                          • Concurrent Firmware Update
                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4xconnectors.
                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required: One PCIe slot per #5903. Configuration alwaysrequires even pairs of #5903 (or #5903/5805). SAS Media devices are notsupported. When attaching #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S at least one ofthe following SAS (X) cables #3661, #3662 or #3663 must be used.
                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 40 (Initial order maximum: 40)
                                                                                                                                          • OS level required:
                                                                                                                                            • SAS speed = 3Gb/s
                                                                                                                                            • SAS-SSP, SMP are supported
                                                                                                                                            • Supports Single controller with SAS y cables( #3692, #3693, #3694)for #5886 EXP 12S, or with SAS AI cable for Power 520/550 CEC
                                                                                                                                            • Supports Dual controller with SAS x cables (#3661, #3662, #3663) andSAS (AA) cable( #3681 or #3682).
                                                                                                                                            • Built-in auxiliary cache mirrors write cache for redundancy
                                                                                                                                            • Attributes provided: PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter
                                                                                                                                            • Attributes required: two adjacent PCI-X slots
                                                                                                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                            • Maximum allowed: 25 (Initial order maximum: 25)
                                                                                                                                            • OS level required:

                                                                                                                                              Single controller support

                                                                                                                                              • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level, or later
                                                                                                                                              • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, orlater
                                                                                                                                              • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, orlater
                                                                                                                                              • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, orlater
                                                                                                                                              • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level, or later
                                                                                                                                              • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 3, orlater
                                                                                                                                              • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 6, orlater
                                                                                                                                              • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, orlater
                                                                                                                                              • AIX levels requiring service packs will be available on or beforeJanuary 31, 2010.
                                                                                                                                              • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine code or later
                                                                                                                                              • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP2 for POWER Systems, or later.
                                                                                                                                              • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 11 for POWER Systems, or later.
                                                                                                                                              • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.7 or later.
                                                                                                                                              • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 5.2 or later.
                                                                                                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                            • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                                              Note:

                                                                                                                                              • Capacity: 36 GB native mode, 72 GB (typical) compression mode
                                                                                                                                              • DDS Gen5
                                                                                                                                              • Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
                                                                                                                                              • Media: IBM 4-mm supports DAT72 media
                                                                                                                                              • Technology: Helical scan, rotating head
                                                                                                                                              • Operation: Streaming
                                                                                                                                              • Data Transfer Rate: 3MBps native mode, 6MBps (typical) compression
                                                                                                                                              • Interface: Serial Attached SCSI(SAS)

                                                                                                                                              Compatability:

                                                                                                                                              • SAS speed = 3Gb/s
                                                                                                                                              • SAS-SSP, SMP are supported
                                                                                                                                              • Supports Single controller with SAS y cables( #3692, #3693, #3694)for #5886 EXP 12S/#5887 EXP24S or with SAS AI cables for Power 560/570CEC
                                                                                                                                              • Supports Dual controller with SAS x cables (#3661, #3662, #3663) andSAS (AA) cable(#3681 or #3682).
                                                                                                                                              • Built-in auxiliary cache mirrors write cache for redundancy
                                                                                                                                              • Attributes provided: PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter
                                                                                                                                              • Attributes required: two adjacent PCI-X slots, #5922 if singlecontroller, if paired controller use either #3681 or #3682 (AA) cables.
                                                                                                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                              • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
                                                                                                                                              • OS level required:

                                                                                                                                                Single controller support

                                                                                                                                                • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level, or later
                                                                                                                                                • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, orlater
                                                                                                                                                • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, orlater
                                                                                                                                                • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, orlater
                                                                                                                                                • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level, or later
                                                                                                                                                • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 3, orlater
                                                                                                                                                • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 6, orlater
                                                                                                                                                • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, orlater
                                                                                                                                                • AIX levels requiring service packs will be available on or beforeJanuary 31, 2010.
                                                                                                                                                • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine code or later
                                                                                                                                                • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP2 for POWER Systems, or later.
                                                                                                                                                • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 11 for POWER Systems, or later.
                                                                                                                                                • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.7 or later.
                                                                                                                                                • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 5.2 or later.
                                                                                                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                              • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                                                Note:

                                                                                                                                                • Supports 48 SAS disks, when configured with four FC 5886 12S diskexpansion drawers
                                                                                                                                                • Removable Media Device Supported
                                                                                                                                                • SAS speed = 3Gbs
                                                                                                                                                • SATA speed = 1.5Gbs
                                                                                                                                                • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP) , Serial ATA Tunneling Protocol (STP)and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
                                                                                                                                                • RAID 0 (with mirroring) and 10
                                                                                                                                                • Dual controller supports mirrored RAID parity footprints
                                                                                                                                                • Concurrent Firmware Update
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4xconnectors
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: One PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 58 (Initial order maximum: 58)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required:

                                                                                                                                                    Limitation: 4k byte sector HDD/SSD are not supported. Only 5xxbyte sector drives are supported on this generation of PCIe adapter

                                                                                                                                                    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-01 Technology level or later
                                                                                                                                                    • AIX Version 7.1 with Service Pack 3, or later
                                                                                                                                                    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-07 Technology Level or later
                                                                                                                                                    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, and Service Pack5, or later
                                                                                                                                                    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level, and Service Pack6, or later
                                                                                                                                                    • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 4,or later
                                                                                                                                                    • IBM i 7.1, or later
                                                                                                                                                    • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine code 6.1.1 or later
                                                                                                                                                    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.7 for POWER, or later
                                                                                                                                                    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 for POWER, or later
                                                                                                                                                    • Novel SUSE Linux Enterprise 10, Service Pack 4, or later
                                                                                                                                                    • Novel SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 1, or later

                                                                                                                                                    Please find the required driver update for Linux under the followingURL.

                                                                                                                                                  • VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02 or later
                                                                                                                                                  • Not supported in CEC
                                                                                                                                                  • For performance when more than four are in a #5803 or #5873, doublelooping is recommended.
                                                                                                                                                  • Controller does not support boot drive or load source function
                                                                                                                                                  • Controller is not supported in CEC

                                                                                                                                                Note: Although this adapter is supported on IBM i in a VIOSconfiguration, caution is recommended with workloads that are heavywrites, including system functions such as load/restore.

                                                                                                                                                (#5915) - SAS AA Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

                                                                                                                                                This 3 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other.This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connectors which connectthe top connectors of two #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapters. The cableprovides a high performance path of all the dual controller communicationincluding mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card.This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

                                                                                                                                                An AA cable is always required between a pair of #5913 adapters unlessall six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AAcable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying isthen sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing theirbandwidth.

                                                                                                                                                Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cablelength that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two #5913 SASadapters
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of #5913 SASadapters
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: n/a
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#5917) - SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

                                                                                                                                                This 1.5 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to eachother. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connectors whichconnect the top connectors of two #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapters. Thecable provides a high performance path of all the dual controllercommunication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness ofeach card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

                                                                                                                                                An AA cable is always required between a pair of #5913 adapters unlessall six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AAcable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying isthen sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing theirbandwidth.

                                                                                                                                                Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cablelength that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two #5913 SASadapters
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of #5913 SASadapters
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: N/A
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#5921) - Non-paired PCIx SAS RAID Indicator

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of February 9, 2010)

                                                                                                                                                Note: #5921 is withdrawn it is no longer required; 5904, 5906 and 5908can be configured as single controller or dual.

                                                                                                                                                Add feature 5921 for every instance of a non-paired PCI-X DDR 1.5GBCacheSAS RAID Adapter (#5904, #5906, or #5908). IBM i does not support pairedadapter on different servers.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cacheuntil a second SAS RAID adapter is recognized.
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: Every #5924 requires a 6Gb/s SAS RAID adapter(#5913) on both this server and on another server that will pair up theSAS RAID adapter and enable the onboard caches to function.
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 34 (Initial order maximum: 34)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: n/a
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#5922) Non-paired SAS RAID indicator

                                                                                                                                                Feature 5922 is added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAIDadapter.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cacheuntil a second SAS RAID adapter is recognized.
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: Every #5923 requires a SAS RAID adapter (#5903)on both this server and on another server that will pair up the SAS RAIDadapter and enable the onboard caches to function.
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 42)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: none
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                (#5951) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

                                                                                                                                                This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P Quiet Touchkeyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports convenientlyprovide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                Android usb driver for mac
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#5953) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

                                                                                                                                                This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 Quiet Touch keyboardwith a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide foradditional expansion. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#5955) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

                                                                                                                                                This feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 Quiet Touchkeyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports convenientlyprovide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#5957) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

                                                                                                                                                This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194P Quiet Touchkeyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additionalexpansion. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#5959) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

                                                                                                                                                This feature provides a USB attached Hungarian #208 Quiet Touchkeyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports convenientlyprovide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#5961) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

                                                                                                                                                This feature provides a USB attached Chinese #467 Quiet Touch keyboardwith a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide foradditional expansion. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#5963) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058

                                                                                                                                                (No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

                                                                                                                                                This feature provides a USB attached Canadian French #058 Quiet Touchkeyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports convenientlyprovide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#5965) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

                                                                                                                                                This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 Quiet Touchkeyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports convenientlyprovide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#5967) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

                                                                                                                                                This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 Quiet Touchkeyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports convenientlyprovide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#5969) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

                                                                                                                                                This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 Quiet Touchkeyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports convenientlyprovide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#5971) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

                                                                                                                                                This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 Quiet Touchkeyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports convenientlyprovide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#5973) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

                                                                                                                                                This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #212 Quiet Touch keyboardwith a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide foradditional expansion. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#5975) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

                                                                                                                                                This feature provides a USB attached Slovakian #245 Quiet Touchkeyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports convenientlyprovide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#5977) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179

                                                                                                                                                Usb Driver Download

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

                                                                                                                                                This feature provides a USB attached Turkish #179 Quiet Touch keyboardwith a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide foradditional expansion. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#5979) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

                                                                                                                                                This feature provides a USB attached Arabic #253 Quiet Touch keyboardwith a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide foradditional expansion. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#5981) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

                                                                                                                                                This feature provides a USB attached Russian #443 Quiet Touch keyboardwith a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide foradditional expansion. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#5983) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

                                                                                                                                                This feature provides a USB attached US English EURO #103P Quiet Touchkeyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports convenientlyprovide for additional expansion.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: 2M power control cable
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: I/O drawer
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                (#6006) Power Control Cable (SPCN) 3 meter

                                                                                                                                                (No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

                                                                                                                                                This feature provides a three-meter power control cable.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: 15M power control cable.
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: I/O drawer
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#6008) Power Control Cable (SPCN) 6 meter

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

                                                                                                                                                This feature provides a six-meter power control cable.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: 30M power control cable.
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: two drawers in the same rack.
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#6068) Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack

                                                                                                                                                #6068 provides an attractive black full height rack door on the #055119 Inch 1.8m Rack. The door is steel, with a perforated flat frontsurface. The perforation pattern extends from the bottom to the top ofthe door to enhance ventilation and provide some visibility into therack.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Front Door
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#6246) 1.8m Rack Trim Kit

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

                                                                                                                                                #6246 provides a decorative trim kit for the front of an #0551 19 inch1.8m Rack.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Decorative trim kit
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#6248) 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors

                                                                                                                                                #6248 provides front and rear doors for use with the #0551 19 inch1.8m Rack. This door kit provides additional acoustic dampening for usewhere a quieter environment is desired. #6248 results in a largerfootprint and requires additional space.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Acoustic Door Kit
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#6263) - 1.8m Rack Trim Kit

                                                                                                                                                This feature provides a decorative trim kit for the front of featurenumber 0551 (19 inch 1.8m Rack).

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Decorative trim kit
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: N/A
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                                                  Note: 1X#6272 per #0553

                                                                                                                                                (#6312) Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapter

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

                                                                                                                                                The Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapter is a highly integrated,intelligent IO adapter designed for use in computer telephonyapplications. The adapter is a 4 port, full length, universal PCI 2.2compliant adapter. It performs voice processing for up to four T1 or E1digital trunks, providing connectivity for 96 (T1) or 120 (E1) voicechannels in a single PCI slot. The adapter is made up of two separatecards. A base card that interfaces with the host system and performstelephony processing functions, and a daughter card that provides thephysical interface to the switch. The voice processing function isprovided by WebSphere Voice Response for AIX LPP with Direct TalkTechnology.

                                                                                                                                                In conjunction with this adapter, network attachment cables usingindustry standard RJ-48 connector can be obtained from commercial cablesuppliers in a variety of lengths to suit the particular installation.Additional information about these cables can be obtained by referring tothis adapter's Installation and User's Guide.

                                                                                                                                                Note: When 2 to 4 Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapters (#6312) areordered and planned to be used in a single partition, the Artic960RxDQuad DTA, H.100, 4-drop Cable (#2877) is required. When more than 4 QuadDigital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapters (#6312) are ordered and planned tobe used in a single partition, the H.100 Bus 8-Position Cable (#4353) isrequired.

                                                                                                                                                Limitations: The Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapter (#6312)cannot reside in the same system with the IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DigitalTrunk PCI Adapter (#6310).

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Two ports of RIO-2 connectivity
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: Bus adapter slot in PCI expansion tower/unit
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#6438) RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

                                                                                                                                                This feature provides two RIO-2 Remote I/O ports for attaching the I/Odrawer to a server. Up to six #5790 I/O drawers can be included in asingle loop.

                                                                                                                                                • AIX - not supported
                                                                                                                                                • i5/OS - V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later
                                                                                                                                                • Linux - not supported
                                                                                                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                              • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                              (#6446) Dual-port 12X Channel Attach- Short Run

                                                                                                                                              (No Longer Available as of July 27, 2012)

                                                                                                                                              This Adapter is the interface for attachment of the I/O Drawer to a12X Channel loop. The adapter includes two 12X Channel connectors tosupport attachment of the I/O drawer into the loop. This adapter doesnot include the repeater function and is intended to supportconfigurations where the Host system and the external I/O drawers in theloop are located in the same rack.

                                                                                                                                              Cables attached to this adapter have the following restrictions.Cables between this adapter and a host system may not exceed 3.0 Metersin length. Cables between two I/O Drawers may not exceed 1.5 Meters ifboth I/O drawers include this Short Run adapter feature #6446. Cablesbetween two I/O Drawers may not exceed 3.0 Meters if either of the I/Odrawers includes this Short Run adapter feature #6446. The required 12XCables are ordered under a separate feature number.

                                                                                                                                              • AIX 5.3 TL9 or later
                                                                                                                                              • AIX 6.1 TL2 or later
                                                                                                                                              • IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later
                                                                                                                                              • Linux - For information about support on Red Hat Enterprise Linux andSUSE Linux see URL:
                                                                                                                                              • Attributes provided: Power cord
                                                                                                                                              • Attributes required: N/A
                                                                                                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                              • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                              • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                              • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                              • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                              • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                              (#6455) 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

                                                                                                                                              #6455 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from awall outlet to a system unit. #6455 has a type 5 plug and a right-angleIEC320 C13 connector.

                                                                                                                                              • Attributes provided: 12X Channel Interface Connection
                                                                                                                                              • Attributes required: none
                                                                                                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                              • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
                                                                                                                                              • OS level required:
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Power cable
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#6459) 3.7m (12-Ft) 250V/10A RA Pwr Cd

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

                                                                                                                                                #6459 is a 12-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from aPower Distribution Unit to a drawer in an expansion tower/ rack. #6459has an IEC320 C14 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Power cord
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#6461) 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

                                                                                                                                                #6461 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from awall outlet to a system unit. #6461 has a type 18 plug and a right-angleIEC320 C13 connector.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Power cord
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                (#6463) 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

                                                                                                                                                #6463 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from awall outlet to a system unit. #6463 has a type 23 plug and a right-angleIEC320 C13 connector.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Power cord
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                (#6465) 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

                                                                                                                                                #6465 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from awall outlet to a system unit. #6465 has a type 24 plug and a right-angleIEC320 C13 connector.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Power cord
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                (#6467) 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

                                                                                                                                                #6467 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from awall outlet to a system unit. #6467 has a type 25 plug and a right-angleIEC320 C13 connector.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Power cord
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#6470) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A)

                                                                                                                                                This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to awall-type outlet. Plug type #4 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate BulletinC-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. Thefollowing countries/regions use the #6470 power cord to power the systemand/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States,Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia,Bonnaire, Calicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica,Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala,Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Mexico, Micronesia, Montserrat,Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St.Kitts/Nevis, St. Martin, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Trinidad/Tobago,Venezuela.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Power cord
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#6472) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)

                                                                                                                                                This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to awall-type outlet. Plug type #18 (CEE 7 VII). Refer to CorporateBulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The followingcountries/regions use the #6472 power cord to power the system and/orperipheral features requiring a power cord: Afghanistan, Albania,Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Armenia, Austria, Belarus, Belgium, Benin,Bosnia/Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon,Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Conogo, Croatia,Czech Republic, Dahomey, Djibuouti, Egypt, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea,Estonia, Etrhiopia, Finland, France, French Polynesia, French Guyana,Gabon, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Guadeloupe, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau,Hungary, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Ivory Coast, Kazakhstan, Krygystan,Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lintuania, Luxembourg, Macau, Macedonia, Mali,Martinigue, Mauritania, Mauritus, Mayotte, Moldova, Monaco, Mongolia,Morocco, Mozambique, Netherlands, New Caledonia, Niger, North Korea (C19only), Norway, Poland, Portugal, Principe, Reunion, Romania, Russia,Rwanda, St. Thomas, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Slovenia, Somalia,South Korea (C19 only), Spain, Surinam, Sweden, Syria, Tahiti,Tajikistan, Togo, Tunesia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Upper Volta,Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Vietnam, Wallis & Futuna, Zaire, Zimbabwe.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Power cord
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#6474) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A)

                                                                                                                                                This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to awall-type outlet. Plug type #23 (BS 1364A). Refer to Corporate BulletinC-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The followingcountries/regions use the #6474 power cord to power the system and/orperipheral features requiring a power cord: Abu Dhabi, Bahrain,Botswana, Brunei, Channel Islands, Cyprus, Dominica, Gambia, Grenada,Grenadines, Guyana, Hong Kong, Iraq, Ireland, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait,Liberia, Malawi, Malaysia, Malta, Myanmar, Nigeria, Oman, Qatar, SierraLeone, Singapore, St. Kitts, St. Lucia, Seychelles, Sudan, Tanzania,Trinidad & Tobago, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, Yemen, Zambia

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Power cord
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#6476) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

                                                                                                                                                This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to awall-type outlet. Plug type #24 (SEV 24507). Refer to CorporateBulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The followingcountries/regions use the #6476 power cord to power the system and/orperipheral features requiring a power cord: Lichtenstein Switzerland

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Power cord
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#6478) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)

                                                                                                                                                This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to awall-type outlet. Plug type #25 (CEI 23-16). Refer to CorporateBulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The followingcountries/regions use the #6478 power cord to power the system and/orperipheral features requiring a power cord: Chile, Italy, Libya

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Power cord
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                (#6487) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States

                                                                                                                                                (No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

                                                                                                                                                This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to awall-type outlet. Plug type #5 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate BulletinC-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. Thefollowing countries/regions use the #6487 power cord to power the systemand/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States,Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda,Bolivia, Bonnaire, Caicos Is., Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, CostaRica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam,Guatamala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Micronesia, Montserrat,Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. MartenNA, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Thailand, Venezuela.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Power cord
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#6489) 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/24A Power Cord

                                                                                                                                                #6489 is a 14-FT/4.3m 3PH/24A power cable with a Type 46 plug whichdistributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: power cord
                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                (#6492) 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48-60A Pwr Cord

                                                                                                                                                #6492 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/48A power cord with a Type 46 plugwhich distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes provided: Power cord
                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                                                                                                                  • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                  • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                  (#6495) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

                                                                                                                                                  (No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

                                                                                                                                                  This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to awall-type outlet. Plug type #73. Refer to Corporate BulletinC-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The followingcountries/regions use the #6495 power cord to power the system and/orperipheral features requiring a power cord: Brazil

                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes provided: Power cord
                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                                                                                                                  • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                  • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                  (#6497) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

                                                                                                                                                  This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to awall-type outlet. Plug type #10 (NEMA L6-15). Refer to CorporateBulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The followingcountries/regions use the #6497 power cord to power the system and/orperipheral features requiring a power cord. Canada Colombia Japan MexicoUnited States

                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes provided: Power cable
                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes required: At least one Rack and the absence of #4650.
                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                  • Maximum allowed: 107 (Initial order maximum: 107)
                                                                                                                                                  • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                  • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                                                    Note: 1 or 2 per I/O drawer or CEC. MES orderable for SDI's only. TheMES order will ship the 14 foot cable equivalent to feature number 6458.

                                                                                                                                                  (#6580) Optional Rack Security Kit

                                                                                                                                                  This feature provides hardware that can be added to a rack to preventunauthorized access. It includes keyed front and rear locks for the#0553 rack doors. It also includes two sliding bars that mount insidethe left and right rack side panels. The sliding bars are accessiblewhen the rack rear door is open. They can be moved to a position thatdisables the external latches on the rack side panels, and preventsremoval of the side panels.

                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes provided: Hdw. to support two modems
                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes required: 19-inch rack with 1U rack space available
                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                  • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                                                                                                                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                  • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                  (#6651) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)

                                                                                                                                                  This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to awall-type outlet. Plug type #75 (KETI). Refer to Corporate BulletinC-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The followingcountries/regions use the #6651 power cord to power the system and/orperipheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan

                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes provided: power cord
                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                  • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                                                                                                                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                  • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                  (#6655) 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A WR Pwr Cord

                                                                                                                                                  #6655 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/24A water-resistant power cord with aType 40 plug which distributes power from a power source to a PowerDistribution Unit.

                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes provided: power cord
                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                  • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                                                                                                                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                  • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                  (#6665) Power Cord 3 M (10 ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
                                                                                                                                                  Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer tothe rack power distribution unit (PDU). 3 M (10-foot) length. Use thiscord with PDUs that have IEC320/C19 connectors.
                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                                                                                                                  • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                  • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                  (#6670) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A)

                                                                                                                                                  (No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

                                                                                                                                                  This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to awall-type outlet. Plug type #59 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to CorporateBulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length.This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                                                                                                                  • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                  • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                  (#6672) - Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

                                                                                                                                                  Standard rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer tothe rack power distribution unit (PDU). 6.5-foot length.

                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes provided: Power cord
                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                                                                                                                  • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                  • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                  (#6687) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A)

                                                                                                                                                  (No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

                                                                                                                                                  This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to awall-type outlet. Plug type #57 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to CorporateBulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length.This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes provided: Two ports of RIO-2 connectivity
                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes required: Bus adapter slot in #0595 PCI/SCSI Diskexpansion drawer
                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
                                                                                                                                                  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                  • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                  (#6805) PCI 2-Line WAN IOA No IOP

                                                                                                                                                  (No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

                                                                                                                                                  Feature Code #6805 is a 2 RVX port WAN IOA that supports multipleprotocols on Asynchronous and Synchronous Mode connections

                                                                                                                                                  On the IBM i Operating system, the #6805 may be used either with orwithout an IOP.

                                                                                                                                                  • When under an IOP, #6805 supports PPP (Point to Point Protocol), ASC(Async), and Fax protocols on an Asynchronous Connection, and PPP, BSC(Bisync), SDLC , X.25, and FR (Frame Relay) protocols on a SynchronousConnection
                                                                                                                                                  • When the #6805 is IOPless, it supports PPP, ASC, and Fax protocols onan Asynchronous Connection, but only supports Synchronous PPP, and BSC(Bisync) protocols on a Synchronous Connection.

                                                                                                                                                  The #6805 supports SNA only if configured with an IOP. If SNAis required in an IOPless environment, IBM i Enterprise Extendersupports SNA over a LAN Connection and encapsulates the SNA framewithin a TCP/IP frame.

                                                                                                                                                  The following self-configuring cables provide the physicalconnections to #6805:

                                                                                                                                                  • #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable
                                                                                                                                                  • #0349 - V.24/EIA232 50-Ft PCI Cable (support only, notorderable)
                                                                                                                                                  • #0353 - V.35 20-Ft PCI Cable
                                                                                                                                                  • #0354 - V.35 50-Ft PCI Cable (support only, not orderable)
                                                                                                                                                  • #0356 - V.36 20-Ft PCI Cable
                                                                                                                                                  • #0358 - V.36 80-Ft PCI Cable (support only, not orderable)
                                                                                                                                                  • #0359 - X.21 20-Ft PCI Cable
                                                                                                                                                  • #0360 - X.21 50-Ft PCI Cable (support only, not orderable)
                                                                                                                                                  • #0365 - V.24/EIA232 80-Ft PCI Cable (support only, notorderable)
                                                                                                                                                  • #0367 - Operations Console PCI Cable

                                                                                                                                                  Note: The #0367 cable ships with a 25 pin to 9 pin adapter.Multiple #0367 cables may be ordered (but only one per #6805) toserve as consoles for secondary partitions when Logical Partitioningis utilized.

                                                                                                                                                  When #6805 is selected to support ECS, one of following cablesmust be specified:

                                                                                                                                                  • #0348 V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable
                                                                                                                                                  • #0349 V.24/EIA232 50-Ft PCI Cable (support only, not orderable)
                                                                                                                                                  • #0365 V.24/EIA232 80-Ft PCI Cable (support only, not orderable)

                                                                                                                                                  #6805 does not support remote power-on.

                                                                                                                                                  • #1010 Modem Cable - Austria
                                                                                                                                                  • #1011 Modem Cable - Belgium
                                                                                                                                                  • #1012 Modem Cable - Africa
                                                                                                                                                  • #1013 Modem Cable - Israel (supported only, not orderable)
                                                                                                                                                  • #1014 Modem Cable - Italy
                                                                                                                                                  • #1015 Modem Cable - France
                                                                                                                                                  • #1016 Modem Cable - Germany
                                                                                                                                                  • #1017 Modem Cable - UK
                                                                                                                                                  • #1018 Modem Cable - Iceland/Sweden
                                                                                                                                                  • #1020 Modem Cable - HK/NZ
                                                                                                                                                  • #1021 Modem Cable - Fin/Nor
                                                                                                                                                  • #1022 Modem Cable - Netherlands
                                                                                                                                                  • #1023 Modem Cable - Swiss
                                                                                                                                                  • #1024 Modem Cable - Denmark
                                                                                                                                                  • #1025 Modem Cable - US/Canada
                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes provided: four WAN ports
                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes required: one PCI slot
                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                  • Maximum allowed: 41 (Initial order maximum: 41)
                                                                                                                                                  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                  • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                                                    Note: CEC maximum of 2 under IBM i. System maximum of 41 under IBM i.Not supported under AIX or Linux.

                                                                                                                                                  (#6833) PCI 2-Line WAN w/Modem NoIOP

                                                                                                                                                  (No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

                                                                                                                                                  The #6833 is a 2-line/port WAN w/modem adapter. This feature is thenon-CIM (Complex Impedance Matching) version offered in all countriesexcept Australia and New Zealand.

                                                                                                                                                  Port 0 is the modem port and supports V.92 56K Async PPP, V.92 datamodem, V.44 data compression, V.34 FAX modem and FAX functions, such asECM and 2D/1D conversion. Port 0 does not provide Sync modemcapabilities (SDLC and Sync PPP).

                                                                                                                                                  Port 1 is the RVX port and supports multiple communications protocols,including synchronous operations.

                                                                                                                                                  Select one of the following cables to attach to port 0(modem port):

                                                                                                                                                  • #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable
                                                                                                                                                  • #0353 - V.35 20-Ft PCI Cable
                                                                                                                                                  • #0356 - V.36 20-Ft PCI Cable (supported only, not orderable)
                                                                                                                                                  • #0359 - X.21 20-Ft PCI Cable
                                                                                                                                                  • #0367 - Operations Console PCI Cable (ships with a 25 pin to 9 pinadapter)
                                                                                                                                                    • #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable

                                                                                                                                                    The #6833 does not support the remote ring indicate function.

                                                                                                                                                    #6833 does not support SNA communications except through IBM i V5R4Enterprise Extender function.

                                                                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: Twelve C13 outlets with Power MonitoringCapability
                                                                                                                                                    • Attributes required: none
                                                                                                                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                    • Maximum allowed: 999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                    • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                                                                                                                                                    • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                    • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                                                      Note: When purchased on an MES order with a feature code rack. ThisPDU will be mounted in the rear side pockets until all 4 side pockets onthe rack have been filled. Any additional PDUs on the order will bemounted in 1 unit of EIA rack space. When purchased as an MES order foraddition to a rack in the field. This PDU may not fit in the sidepockets of your rack due to a hardware interference with the rack, andmay require mounting in 1 unit of rack EIA space. Insure rack space isavailable before placing the MES order for this PDU when it is beingordered for field installation.

                                                                                                                                                    (#7112) IBM Deskside Cover Set (With door)

                                                                                                                                                    (No Longer Available as of January 6, 2012)

                                                                                                                                                    Indicates that this order is for a deskside system requiring IBM coverset. With door.

                                                                                                                                                    • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                                                                    • Attributes required: Feature #7770, #7773, or #7775.
                                                                                                                                                    • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                    • OS level required:
                                                                                                                                                      • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                                                                      • Attributes required: #7200 or #7201
                                                                                                                                                      • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                      • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                                                                                                                      • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                      • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                      • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                      • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                      (#7118) - Environmental Monitoring Probe

                                                                                                                                                      The Environmental Monitoring Probe (EMP) enables you to remotelymonitor environmental conditions. Using a standard Web browser, you canview the ambient temperature and humidity of the remote environment, aswell as the status of two additional contact devices, such as a smokedetector or open-door sensor. The temperature/humidity probe plugs into aRJ45 connector an a PDU+. The EMP can be used with any Powerware UPSequipped with a 10/100 Mb ConnectUPS Web/SNMP Card (firmware v3.01 orhigher). The EMP can be located up to 20m (65.6 feet) away.

                                                                                                                                                        One of the following line cords must be used to distribute power froma wall outlet to the #7188;

                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                        (#7201) OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware

                                                                                                                                                        (No Longer Available as of January 4, 2013)

                                                                                                                                                        Indicates that this order is for a rack-mount system requiring OEMbezel and hardware.

                                                                                                                                                        • AIX Version 5.3 supported
                                                                                                                                                        • AIX Version 6.1 supported
                                                                                                                                                        • AIX Version 7.1 supported
                                                                                                                                                        • SUSE Linux supported
                                                                                                                                                        • Red Hat Linux supported
                                                                                                                                                        • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/Slevels supported
                                                                                                                                                      • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                      • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                      • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                      (#7305) SDI Software Pre-Install Indicator

                                                                                                                                                      Software pre-install indicator for SDI

                                                                                                                                                      • Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #2124 1m SCSI Cable
                                                                                                                                                      • Attributes required: none
                                                                                                                                                      • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                      • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                      • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                      • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                      • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                      • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                      (#7205) Quantity 150 of #2125

                                                                                                                                                      (No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

                                                                                                                                                      Ships a quantity of 150 #2125 3m SCSI Cables. The configurator mayeither generate this feature or allow users to select this feature asthey would any other single SCSI cable feature. This feature remains onthe inventory records.

                                                                                                                                                      • Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #2126 5m SCSI Cable
                                                                                                                                                      • Attributes required: none
                                                                                                                                                      • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                      • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                      • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                      • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                      • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                      • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                      (#7207) Quantity 150 of #2127

                                                                                                                                                      (No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

                                                                                                                                                      Ships a quantity of 150 #2127 10m SCSI Cables. The configurator mayeither generate this feature or allow users to select this feature asthey would any other single SCSI cable feature. This feature remains onthe inventory records.

                                                                                                                                                      • Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #2128 20m SCSI Cable
                                                                                                                                                      • Attributes required: none
                                                                                                                                                      • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                      • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                      • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                      • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                      • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                      • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                      (#7213) Quantity 150 of #2138

                                                                                                                                                      (No Longer Available as of November 28, 2008)

                                                                                                                                                      Ships a quantity of 150 #2138 0.55m SCSI Cables. The configurator mayeither generate this feature or allow users to select this feature asthey would any other single SCSI cable feature. This feature remains onthe inventory records.

                                                                                                                                                      • Attributes provided: Rack mounting for two #5790 drawers
                                                                                                                                                      • Attributes required: Four EIA units of rack space in a #0551, #0553,#0554 or #0555 rack
                                                                                                                                                      • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                      • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
                                                                                                                                                      • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                                                                      • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                      • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                      • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                      (#7311) Dual I/O Unit Enclosure

                                                                                                                                                      (No Longer Available as of June 1, 2006)

                                                                                                                                                      The #7311 enclosure provides the mounting hardware required to installa #5790 I/O drawer in a #0551 or #0553 rack. The enclosure canaccommodate two #5790 drawers, side by side, but it may also be used withonly one #5790 drawer installed.

                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: 4 EIA of space in a 19-inch rack.
                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 wiwth V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later.SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                        (#7504) Quantity 150 of #4319

                                                                                                                                                        (No Longer Available as of August 30, 2005)

                                                                                                                                                        This feature ships a quantity of 150 #4319 disk units. Theconfigurator may either generate this feature or allow users to selectthis feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. Thisfeature remains on the inventory records.

                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: see feature #4326
                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: see feature #4326
                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                        (#7509) Quantity 150 of #4327

                                                                                                                                                        (No Longer Available as of February 3, 2009)

                                                                                                                                                        This feature ships a quantity of 150 #4327 disk units. Theconfigurator may either generate this feature or allow users to selectthis feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. Thisfeature remains on the inventory records.

                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: see feature #4328
                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: See feature #4328
                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                        (#7511) Quantity 150 of #4329

                                                                                                                                                        (No Longer Available as of February 3, 2009)

                                                                                                                                                        Ships a quantity of 150 #4329 280.25GB disk units. The configuratormay either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature asthey would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains onthe inventory records.

                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #5741 EXP24 6 Disk Slot Enabler
                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: See feature #5741
                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later.SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                        (#7517) Quantity 150 of #3676

                                                                                                                                                        This feature ships a quantity of 150 #3676 disk units. Theconfigurator may either generate this feature or allow users to selectthis feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. Thisfeature remains on the inventory records.

                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: see feature #3677
                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: see feature #3677
                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                        (#7519) Quantity 150 of #3678

                                                                                                                                                        (No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

                                                                                                                                                        This feature ships a quantity of 150 #3678 disk units. Theconfigurator may either generate this feature or allow users to selectthis feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. Thisfeature remains on the inventory records.

                                                                                                                                                          • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, orlater
                                                                                                                                                          • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, orlater
                                                                                                                                                          • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, orlater
                                                                                                                                                          • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later
                                                                                                                                                          • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, orlater
                                                                                                                                                          • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, orlater
                                                                                                                                                          • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, orlater
                                                                                                                                                          • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later
                                                                                                                                                          • No IBM i Support
                                                                                                                                                          • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10, Service Pack 2 or later
                                                                                                                                                          • Red hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later
                                                                                                                                                          • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.2 or later
                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                                                          Note: VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later

                                                                                                                                                        (#7536) Quantity 150 of #3587

                                                                                                                                                        (No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

                                                                                                                                                        This feature ships a quantity of 150 #3587 disk units. Theconfigurator may either generate this feature or allow users to selectthis feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. Thisfeature remains on the inventory records.

                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: see feature #3658
                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: see feature #3658
                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required:
                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: 150 of #3647 for every #7549
                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bay
                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required:
                                                                                                                                                            • Attributes provided: 150 #3648 for each #7564
                                                                                                                                                            • Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bays
                                                                                                                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                            • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                            • OS level required:
                                                                                                                                                              • Attributes provided: 150 #3649
                                                                                                                                                              • Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bays
                                                                                                                                                              • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                              • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                              • OS level required:
                                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: 950 Watt AC Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: Available Power Supply Bay
                                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 1
                                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
                                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
                                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                                (#7780) 2.0m Rack Side Attach Kit

                                                                                                                                                                This feature allows a row of racks without side panels to be boltedtogether in a continuous suite, using the provided side-to-side rackconnecting hardware. When multiple racks are joined in this way, cablescan be easily run between racks without exiting the continuous rackenclosure. A small gap is maintained between the two adjacent racks,which is filled by three matching steel trim pieces that snap into placeon the front, top, and rear, between each rack. The trim pieces coverthe space between each rack for an enhanced appearance and for additionalprotection of the equipment inside the racks. Side panels are neededonly for the two end racks of the suite.

                                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: 6M Ethernet Cable
                                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: Ethernet port on Hardware Management Console
                                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
                                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                                (#7802) Ethernet Cable, 15M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit

                                                                                                                                                                This feature provides a fifteen meter long Ethernet cable forattachment of a Hardware Management Console to the system unit.

                                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Hardware and trim to attach two racks
                                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: #0551 rack
                                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                (#7841) Ruggedize Rack Kit

                                                                                                                                                                For enhanced rigidity and stability of the rack, the optionalRuggedized Rack Kit provides additional hardware that reinforces the rackand anchors it to the floor. This hardware is designed primarily for usein locations where earthquakes are a concern. The feature includes alarge steel brace or truss that bolts into the rear of the rack. It ishinged on the left side so it can swing out of the way for easy access tothe rack drawers when necessary. The Ruggedize Rack Kit also includeshardware for bolting the rack to a concrete floor or a similar surface,and bolt-in steel filler panels for any noccupied spaces in the rack.

                                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: Blind swap PCI cassette
                                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: none
                                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                                (#7983) PowerVM Express

                                                                                                                                                                This feature allows the customer to create up to 3 logical partitionsof any size in a system, which share processors and I/O. This featuredoes not require an HMC. PowerVM Starter may be managed by theIntegrated Virtualization Manager (IVM). This feature allows users totry out the IVM and the VIOS, which they would not get with an HMC.

                                                                                                                                                                Note: If feature 7983 is ordered, the quantity ordered must be equalto the number of active processors.

                                                                                                                                                                • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                                                                                • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                • OS level required:
                                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                                                                                  • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                  • OS level required:

                                                                                                                                                                      (No Longer Available as of January 4, 2013)

                                                                                                                                                                      This feature code provides a 6x3.5' DASD backplane. Contains noexternal SAS port. Supports connections for a slim SATA DVD-ROM orDVD-RAM and a 5.25 inch half high tape drive.

                                                                                                                                                                      • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                      • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                      • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                      • OS level required:

                                                                                                                                                                          (No Longer Available as of January 4, 2013)

                                                                                                                                                                          This feature code provides a high function and high availability6x3.5' DASD backplane with an external SAS port. The external SAS porton this feature supports a single feature 5886 drawer attachment (withcable #3674) and supports disk units within the CEC to be split into twodistinct 3-disk groups (with cable #3670). Supports connections for aslim SATA DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM and a 5.25 inch half high tape drive.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required:

                                                                                                                                                                              (No Longer Available as of December 31, 2016)

                                                                                                                                                                              This feature code provides a high function and high availability8x2.5' SFF (Small Form Factor) DASD backplane with an external SAS port.The external SAS port on this feature supports a single feature 5886drawer attachment (with cable #3674 on the 8203-E4A and cable #3668 onthe 8204-E8A/8233-E8B/8236-E8C) and supports disk units within the CEC tobe split into two distinct 4-disk groups (with cable #3670 on the8203-E4A and cable #3669 on the 8204-E8A/ 8233-E8B). Supports connectionfor a slim SATA DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM and a 5.25 inch half high tape drive.

                                                                                                                                                                              IBM i does not support split backplane option.

                                                                                                                                                                              • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level andService Pack 9, or later.
                                                                                                                                                                              • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level andService Pack 7, or later.
                                                                                                                                                                              • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level andService Pack 4, or later.
                                                                                                                                                                              • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, orlater.
                                                                                                                                                                              • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9,or later.
                                                                                                                                                                              • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5,or later.
                                                                                                                                                                              • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4,or later.
                                                                                                                                                                              • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later.
                                                                                                                                                                              • IBM i 6.1 with i 6.1.1 Machine Code, or later
                                                                                                                                                                              • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 1 for POWER Systems, orlater.
                                                                                                                                                                              • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 for POWER Systems, or later.
                                                                                                                                                                              • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for Power version 4.5, or later
                                                                                                                                                                              • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for Power version 5.1, or later
                                                                                                                                                                              .
                                                                                                                                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                            • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                                            (#8341) DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5' DASD/DVD/Tape

                                                                                                                                                                            (No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

                                                                                                                                                                            This feature code provides a 6x3.5' DASD backplane. Contains noexternal SAS port

                                                                                                                                                                            • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                            • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                            • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                            • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                                            (#8506) PowerVM Standard

                                                                                                                                                                            This feature allows the customer to create partitions that are inunits of less than 1 CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allows the same system I/Oto be virtually allocated to these partitions. When PowerVM is installedin the system, all activated processors must have the PowerVM feature. Afully activated 2-core system requires that two of this feature beordered. A fully activated 4-core system requires that four of thisfeature be ordered, and a fully activated 8-core system requires thateight of this feature be ordered. An encrypted key is supplied to thecustomer and is intalled on the system, authorizing the partitioning atthe sub-processor level.

                                                                                                                                                                            Note: If feature 8506 is ordered, the quantity ordered must be equalto the number of active processors.

                                                                                                                                                                            • Attributes provided: Capability to partition processor
                                                                                                                                                                            • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                            • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
                                                                                                                                                                            • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                            • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                                            (#8345) DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5' DASD/DVD/Tape with External SAS Port

                                                                                                                                                                            (No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

                                                                                                                                                                            This feature code provides a high function and high availability6x3.5' DASD backplane with an external SAS port. The external SAS porton this feature supports feature 5886 drawer only.

                                                                                                                                                                            • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                            • Minimum required: 0)
                                                                                                                                                                            • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                            • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level orlater.) AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4 orlater. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red HatEnterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.5 or later. Red Hat EnterpriseLinux for POWER, version 5.1 or later.
                                                                                                                                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                            • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                                            (#8346) DASD/Media Backplane for 2.5' DASD/SATA DVD/Tape with External SAS Port

                                                                                                                                                                            (No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

                                                                                                                                                                            This feature code provides a high function and high availability8x2.5' SFF (Small Form Factor) DASD backplane with an external SAS port.The external SAS port on this feature supports a single feature 5886drawer attachment (with cable #3674) and supports disk units within theCEC to be split into two distinct 4-disk groups (with cable #3670).Supports connection for a slim SATA DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM and a 5.25 inchhalf high tape drive.

                                                                                                                                                                            • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level andService Pack 9, or later.
                                                                                                                                                                            • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level andService Pack 7, or later.
                                                                                                                                                                            • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level andService Pack 4, or later.
                                                                                                                                                                            • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, orlater.
                                                                                                                                                                            • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9,or later.
                                                                                                                                                                            • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5,or later.
                                                                                                                                                                            • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4,or later.
                                                                                                                                                                            • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later.
                                                                                                                                                                            • IBM i 6.1, or later
                                                                                                                                                                            • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later.
                                                                                                                                                                            • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 5 for POWER, or later.
                                                                                                                                                                            • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 Update 1 for POWER, or later.
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                                          (#8800) Keyboard - USB, US English, #103P

                                                                                                                                                                          This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P Quiet Touchkeyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additionalexpansion. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                          (#8802) Keyboard - USB, Italian, #142

                                                                                                                                                                          This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 Quiet Touchkeyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additionalexpansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                          (#8804) Keyboard - USB, UK English, #166

                                                                                                                                                                          This feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 Quiet Touchkeyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additionalexpansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                          (#8806) Keyboard - USB, Japanese, #194

                                                                                                                                                                          This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194 Quiet Touchkeyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additionalexpansion. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                          (#8808) Keyboard - USB, Canadian French, #058

                                                                                                                                                                          This feature provides a USB attached Canadian French #058 Quiet Touchkeyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additionalexpansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                          (#8811) Keyboard - USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153

                                                                                                                                                                          This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 Quiet Touchkeyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additionalexpansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                          (#8813) Keyboard - USB, Bulgarian, #442

                                                                                                                                                                          This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 Quiet Touchkeyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additionalexpansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                          (#8816) Keyboard - USB, Norwegian, #155

                                                                                                                                                                          This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 Quiet Touchkeyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additionalexpansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                          (#8818) Keyboard - USB, Portuguese, #163

                                                                                                                                                                          This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 Quiet Touchkeyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additionalexpansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                          (#8820) Keyboard - USB, Hebrew, #212

                                                                                                                                                                          This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #212 Quiet Touch keyboard.The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion.Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: Does not apply

                                                                                                                                                                          Icom Usb Driver For Mac

                                                                                                                                                                          (#8823) Keyboard - USB, Polish, #214

                                                                                                                                                                          This feature provides a USB attached Polish #214 Quiet Touch keyboard.The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion.Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                          (#8826) Keyboard - USB, Czech, #243

                                                                                                                                                                          This feature provides a USB attached Czeck #243 Quiet Touch keyboard.The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion.Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                          (#8829) Keyboard - USB, LA Spanish, #171

                                                                                                                                                                          This feature provides a USB attached LA Spanish #171 Quiet Touchkeyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additionalexpansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                          (#8833) Keyboard - USB, Korean, #413

                                                                                                                                                                          This feature provides a USB attached Korean #413 Quiet Touch keyboard.The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion.Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                          (#8835) Keyboard - USB, French Canadian, #445

                                                                                                                                                                          This feature provides a USB attached French Canadian #445 Quiet Touchkeyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additionalexpansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                          (#8838) Keyboard - USB, Russian, #443

                                                                                                                                                                          This feature provides a USB attached Russian #443 Quiet Touchkeyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additionalexpansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: Keyboard
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required: USB Port
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                          (#8840) Keyboard - USB, US English (EMEA), #103P

                                                                                                                                                                          This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P (EMEA) QuietTouch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide foradditional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: 3-Button USB Mouse
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required: Keyboard with USB Mouse Attachment Port
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required: IBM i - not supported
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                                          (#8845) USB Mouse

                                                                                                                                                                          (No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

                                                                                                                                                                          The optical LED USB Mouse has 2 buttons and a scroll wheel that actsas a third button. Mouse cable is 1.8 meters long. OS does not supportscrolling with the wheel. Business black with red scroll wheel.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                          (#9300) Language Group Specify - US English

                                                                                                                                                                          English language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: IOA configuration for Mode 1
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required:One YO cable (#3691 1.5M, #3692 3M, #3693 6M, #3694 15M) and oneport on a #5901/#5278
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required: n/a
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                                          (#9360) - Specify mode-1 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887

                                                                                                                                                                          Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887) will beconfigured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (One group of 24 drive bays)with two individual PCIe 3G SAS controller (#5901 and/or #5278) utilizingtwo appropriate YO cables connecting to the 3G I/O Adapter (IOA) ports.IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 is shipped.

                                                                                                                                                                          Supported by AIX and Linux.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: Designated IOA configurations for Mode 2
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required:Two YO cables (#3691 1.5M, #3692 3M, #3693 6M, #3694 15M) and oneport on each of two #5901/#5278s
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required: n/a
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                                          (#9365) - Specify mode-4 1(4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887

                                                                                                                                                                          Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887) will beconfigured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 6 drive bays)with four PCIe 3G SAS controllers (#5901 and/or #5278) utilizing twoappropriate dual X cables connecting to I/O Adapters (IOA) ports. IBMdoes not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 is shipped.

                                                                                                                                                                          Supported by AIX and Linux.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: IOA configurations for Mode 2
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required:Two dual X cables (#3661 1.5M, #3662 3M, #3663 15M) and four#5901/#5278s dedicated to the single #5887
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required: n/a
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                                          (#9367) - Specify mode-1 1(2)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887

                                                                                                                                                                          Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887) will beconfigured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (One group of 1-24 drive bays)with a pair of PCIe 3G SAS RAID controller (either pair #5903 or 5805 orcombination of both) utilizing two appropriate YO cable connecting to the3G I/O Adapter (IOA) ports. This specify only impacts IBM's initialshipment of the EXP24S.IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 is shipped.

                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes provided: IOA configurations for Mode 2
                                                                                                                                                                          • Attributes required:Two dual X cables (#3661 1.5M, #3662 3M, #3663 15M) and four#5903/#5805s dedicated to the single #5887
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS Level Required: IBM i not-supported
                                                                                                                                                                          • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                          • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
                                                                                                                                                                          • OS level required:
                                                                                                                                                                            • Attributes provided: IOA configuration for Mode 1
                                                                                                                                                                            • Attributes required:One YO cable (#3691 1.5M, #3692 3M, #3693 6M, #3694 15M) and oneport on a #5904/#5906/#5908. Limit of 2 x #9382 per #5904/#5906/#5908
                                                                                                                                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                            • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
                                                                                                                                                                            • OS level required: n/a
                                                                                                                                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                            • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                                            (#9383) - Specify mode-1 1(2) 5904/6/8 for EXP24S #5887

                                                                                                                                                                            Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887) will beconfigured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1(One group of 24 drive bays)with a pair of PCI-X 3G SAS RAID controller (#5904, #5906 or #5908)utilizing one appropriate YO cable connecting to the PCI-X I/ O Adapter(IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after#5887 is shipped.

                                                                                                                                                                            • Attributes provided: Internal SAS port configuration for Mode 1
                                                                                                                                                                            • Attributes required:One internal CEC SAS port and One YI cable (#3686 1.5m or #3687 3m)
                                                                                                                                                                            • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                            • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                            • OS level required: n/a
                                                                                                                                                                            • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                                            • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                            • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                                            (#9385) - Specify mode-1 1(2) 5913 for EXP24S #5887

                                                                                                                                                                            Specify feature 9385 (Specify mode-1 1(2 )5913 for EXP24S #5887)directs manufacturing to configure SFF drawer to Mode 1 (one group of 24SFF bays) and two pair of PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb(#5913). Select two YO cable #3450 1.5m, #3451 3m, #3452 6m, #3453 10m)and one AA cable (#5915 3m, #5916 6m, #5917 1.5m) and AIX, IBM i orLinux. Include one interconnecting 6Gb AA cable (3M #3681 or 6M #3682)between paired SAS adapters. IBM does not provide changes to the modesetting after #5887 is shipped.

                                                                                                                                                                            • AIX - supported
                                                                                                                                                                            • IBM i - supported
                                                                                                                                                                            • Linux - supported
                                                                                                                                                                          • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                                          • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                                          (#9386) - Specify mode-2 1(4) 5913 for EXP24S #5887

                                                                                                                                                                          Specify feature 9386 (Specify mode-2 1(4 )5913 for EXP24S #5887)directs manufacturing to configure SFF drawer to mode 2 (two sets of 12SFF bays) and four PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb.Select #5913 and two appropriate length X cable (#3454 3m, #3456 10m).Include AIX, or Linux and select two AA cables (3M #3681 or 6M #3682)between paired SAS adapters. IBM does not provide changes to the modesetting after #5887 is shipped.

                                                                                                                                                                          Supported by AIX and Linux.

                                                                                                                                                                          • AIX - supported
                                                                                                                                                                          • Linux - supported
                                                                                                                                                                          • IBM i - not supported
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9440) New AIX License Core Counter

                                                                                                                                                                        This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run AIX.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9442) New Red Hat License Core Counter

                                                                                                                                                                        This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run RedHat Linux.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9444) Other AIX License Core Counter

                                                                                                                                                                        This feature is used to count the number of existing AIX licensestransferred from another server.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9446) 3rd Party Linux Core Counter

                                                                                                                                                                        This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run 3rdparty Linux.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9461) Month Indicator

                                                                                                                                                                        Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with atotal quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 31 (Initial order maximum: 31)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9463) Hour Indicator

                                                                                                                                                                        Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with atotal quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 60 (Initial order maximum: 60)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9465) Qty Indicator

                                                                                                                                                                        Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with atotal quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9633) Power 520 1-core Entry Express Edition for IBM i

                                                                                                                                                                        (No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

                                                                                                                                                                        This feature code defines to the configurator a select minimumconfiguration for an 8203-E4A.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: Express Edition for IBM i
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9635) Power 520 2-Core Solution Edition for IBM i

                                                                                                                                                                        (No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

                                                                                                                                                                        This feature code defines to the configurator a select minimumconfiguration for an 8203-E4A.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: Express Edition for IBM i
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9637) Power 520 2-Core Express Edition for IBM i (150 user)

                                                                                                                                                                        (No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

                                                                                                                                                                        This feature code defines to the configurator a select minimumconfiguration for an 8203-E4A.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: Express Edition for IBM i
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9639) Power 520 4-Core Express Edition for IBM i (50 user)

                                                                                                                                                                        (No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

                                                                                                                                                                        This feature code defines to the configurator a select minimumconfiguration for an 8203-E4A.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: Express Edition for IBM i
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9643) Power 520 4-Core Express Edition for IBM i (Unlimited user)

                                                                                                                                                                        (No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

                                                                                                                                                                        This feature code defines to the configurator a select minimumconfiguration for an 8203-E4A.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9703) Language Group Specify - French

                                                                                                                                                                        French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: Language specify
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9705) Language Group Specify - Polish

                                                                                                                                                                        Polish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: Language specify
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9707) Language Group Specify - Portuguese

                                                                                                                                                                        Portuguese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9711) Language Group Specify - Italian

                                                                                                                                                                        Italian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9714) Language Group Specify - Japanese

                                                                                                                                                                        Japanese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9716) Language Group Specify - Korean

                                                                                                                                                                        Korean language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9719) Language Group Specify - Hungarian

                                                                                                                                                                        Hungarian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: none
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: none
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9721) Language Group Specify - Russian

                                                                                                                                                                        Russian language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9724) Language Group Specify - Czech

                                                                                                                                                                        Czech language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9726) Language Group Specify - Croatian

                                                                                                                                                                        Croatian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#9728) Language Group Specify - Brazilian Portuguese

                                                                                                                                                                        Brazilian Portuguese language group for Nomenclature and StandardPublications.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes provided: Language specify
                                                                                                                                                                        • Attributes required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Minimum required: 0
                                                                                                                                                                        • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
                                                                                                                                                                        • OS level required: None
                                                                                                                                                                        • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
                                                                                                                                                                        • CSU: N/A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Return parts MES: Does not apply
                                                                                                                                                                        (#EB72) - IBM i 7.2 Indicator

                                                                                                                                                                        This feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBMi is specified.

                                                                                                                                                                        • Integrated Dual processors that operate in parallel for higherreliability
                                                                                                                                                                        • Supports IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture or PKCS#11 standand
                                                                                                                                                                        • Ability to configure adapter as coprocessor or accelerator
                                                                                                                                                                        • Support for smart card applications using Europay, MasterCard andVisa
                                                                                                                                                                        • Cryptographic key generation and random number generation
                                                                                                                                                                        • PIN processing - generation, verification, translation
                                                                                                                                                                        • Encrypt/Dectrypt using AES and DES keys

                                                                                                                                                                        Please refer to the following URL for the latest firmware andsoftware update

                                                                                                                                                                        • AIX Version 5.3 supported
                                                                                                                                                                        • AIX Version 6.1 supported
                                                                                                                                                                        • AIX Version 7.1 supported
                                                                                                                                                                        • IBM i 6.1 with machine code 6.1.1
                                                                                                                                                                        • IBM i 7.1 or later
                                                                                                                                                                        • IBM i 7.2 or later
                                                                                                                                                                        • Linux not supported
                                                                                                                                                                      • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                                                                                                                                                                      • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                      • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                                      (#EJ28) - PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC 4765-001

                                                                                                                                                                      (No Longer Available as of March 31, 2017)

                                                                                                                                                                      Secure-key adapter provides both cryptographic coprocessor andcryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCIe card. Theadapter is well suited to applications requiring high-speed, security-sensitive, RSA acceleration, cryptographic operations for dataencryption and digital signing, secure management, and use ofcryptographic keys, or custom cryptographic applications. It providessecure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardwaresecurity module designed to meet FIPS 140-2 level 4 securityrequirements. The adapter is a PCIe 4x full height - short card.

                                                                                                                                                                      #EJ27, #EJ28 and #EJ29 are all feature codes representing the samephysical card with the same CCIN of 4765, but different feature codesare used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type.#EJ27 indicates no blind swap cassette. #EJ28 indicates a Gen 3 blindswap cassette. #EJ29 indicates a Gen 4 blind swap cassette. 2

                                                                                                                                                                      #EJ27, EJ28 and EJ29 are identical to #4807, #4808 and #4809adapters which were manufactured after 2012, but different from #4807,#4808 and #4809 adapters manufactured prior to 2012.

                                                                                                                                                                      Other IBM PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor adapter highlights

                                                                                                                                                                        http://www-03.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/
                                                                                                                                                                        • AIX Version 5.3 supported
                                                                                                                                                                        • AIX Version 6.1 supported
                                                                                                                                                                        • AIX Version 7.1 supported
                                                                                                                                                                        • IBM i 6.1 with machine code 6.1.1
                                                                                                                                                                        • IBM i 7.1 or later
                                                                                                                                                                        • IBM i 7.2 or later
                                                                                                                                                                        • Linux not supported
                                                                                                                                                                      • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                                                                                                                                                                      • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                      • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                                      (#EU01) - 1TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge

                                                                                                                                                                      1TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge (#EU01) provides a RDX disk drivein a rugged cartridge to be used in USB Internal and External DockingStation for Removable RDX Disk Drive. (#1103, #1104 or 1123) dockingstation. 1TB is uncompressed. Compression/decompression is providedby the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature EU01 is notentitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.

                                                                                                                                                                      • See RDX Docking Station
                                                                                                                                                                    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                                                                                                                                                                    • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                    • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                                    (#EU07) RDX SATA Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk Cartridge

                                                                                                                                                                    (No Longer Available as of March 8, 2016)

                                                                                                                                                                    SATA Internal Docking Station accommodates RDX removable diskcartridge of any capacity. The disk are in a protective ruggedcartridge enclosure that plug into the docking station. The dockingstation holds one removable rugged disk drive/cartridge at a time.The rugged removable disk cartridge and docking station backs upsimilar to tape drive. This can be an excellent alternative to DAT72,DAT160, 8mm, and VXA-2 and VXA-320 tapes. CCIN: 632C-0D4

                                                                                                                                                                    Note the SATA RDX docking station is functionally identical to theUSB RDX docking station.

                                                                                                                                                                    The SATA interface is controlled by internal SAS/SATA controller ofthe system unit.

                                                                                                                                                                    • AIX - not supported
                                                                                                                                                                    • IBM i 7.1 or later
                                                                                                                                                                    • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine code or later
                                                                                                                                                                    • Linux - not supported
                                                                                                                                                                  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
                                                                                                                                                                  • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                  • Return parts MES: No
                                                                                                                                                                  (#EU08) - RDX 320 GB Removable Disk Drive

                                                                                                                                                                  (No Longer Available as of November 30, 2015)

                                                                                                                                                                  Provides a RDX disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in an RDXdocking station such as #1123, #1103 or #1104. Capacity is 320 GB isuncompressed. With typical 2X compression, capacity would be GB.640GB Compression/ decompression is provided by the operating system, notthe drive itself. Feature EU08 is not entitled under the IBMMaintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.

                                                                                                                                                                  • See RDX Docking Station
                                                                                                                                                                • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
                                                                                                                                                                • CSU: Yes
                                                                                                                                                                • Return parts MES: No

                                                                                                                                                                Feature exchanges

                                                                                                                                                                None.


                                                                                                                                                                Back to top

                                                                                                                                                                Accessories

                                                                                                                                                                None.

                                                                                                                                                                Customer replacement parts

                                                                                                                                                                None.


                                                                                                                                                                Back to top

                                                                                                                                                                Machine elements

                                                                                                                                                                Not available.


                                                                                                                                                                Back to top

                                                                                                                                                                Supplies

                                                                                                                                                                None.

                                                                                                                                                                Supplemental media

                                                                                                                                                                None.
                                                                                                                                                                Back to top

                                                                                                                                                                Trademarks

                                                                                                                                                                (R), (TM), * Trademark or registered trademark of InternationalBusiness Machines Corporation.

                                                                                                                                                                ** Company, product, or service name may be a trademark or servicemark of others.

                                                                                                                                                                Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

                                                                                                                                                                Terms of use

                                                                                                                                                                IBM products and services which are announced and availablein your country can be ordered under the applicable standardagreements, terms, conditions, and prices in effect at thetime. IBM reserves the right to modify or withdraw thisSales Manual at any time without notice. This Sales Manualis provided for your information only. Additional terms ofuse are located at

                                                                                                                                                                Terms of use

                                                                                                                                                                © IBM Corporation 2019.